Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Emclaire Financial Corp

Emclaire Financial Corp

emcf · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker emcf
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Emclaire Financial Corp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
EMCLAIRE FINANCIAL CORP 
612 MAIN STREET 
EMLENTON, PENNSYLVANIA 16373 

NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS 

TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF EMCLAIRE FINANCIAL CORP: 

Notice is hereby given that the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Emclaire Financial Corp (the “Corporation”) will 

be held virtually at 9:00 a.m., local time, on Wednesday, April 21, 2021, for the following purposes: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

To elect four (4) directors to serve for three-year terms and until their successors are duly elected and qualified; 

To consider and approve the 2021 Stock Incentive Plan; 

To  ratify  the  selection  of  BKD,  LLP,  Certified  Public  Accountants,  as  the  Corporation’s  independent  registered 
public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021; and 

To  transact  such  other  business  as  may  properly  come  before  the  Annual  Meeting  and  any  adjournment  or
postponement thereof. 

Due to the public health impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and to support the well-being of our employees and 
shareholders, we have decided to hold this year's Annual Meeting in a virtual format only. Shareholders of record at the close 
of business on March 1, 2021, the voting record date fixed by the Board of Directors, may attend the Annual Meeting, vote and 
submit questions during the meeting. You may access the Annual Meeting via the “2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders” 
link on our website at www.emclairefinancial.com and by following the instructions on the website.  In addition, you may 
also access the Annual Meeting on a telephone conference call at (877) 309-2071 and entering the access code 890787116#.    

A copy of the Corporation’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 is being mailed with this 

notice. 

To  assure  that  your  shares  of  common  stock  will  be  voted  at  the  meeting,  please  indicate  your  voting 
instructions: (i) over the Internet at www.voteproxy.com, (ii) by telephone at 1-800-776-9437, or (iii) by completing 
and signing the enclosed proxy card and returning it promptly in the enclosed, postage prepaid, addressed envelope. 
No additional postage is required if mailed in the United States. The giving of a proxy will not affect your right to vote 
in person if you attend the meeting. 

By Order of the Board of Directors, 

William C. Marsh 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

March 19, 2021 

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE ANNUAL 
MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS TO BE HELD ON APRIL 21, 2021 

The  proxy  materials  for  the  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  of  Emclaire  Financial  Corp,  including  the  Proxy 
Statement and the Corporation’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, are available in the Financial 
Information section on our website at www.emclairefinancial.com. 

PROXY 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
PROXY STATEMENT FOR THE ANNUAL MEETING OF 
SHAREHOLDERS TO BE HELD APRIL 21, 2021 

GENERAL 

Introduction, Date, Place and Time of Meeting 

This Proxy Statement is being furnished for the solicitation by the Board of Directors of Emclaire Financial Corp 
(the “Corporation”), a Pennsylvania business corporation and the bank holding company for the Farmers National Bank of 
Emlenton  (the  “Bank”),  of  proxies  to  be  voted  at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  of  the  Corporation  to  be  held 
virtually on Wednesday, April 21, 2021, at 9:00 a.m. local time, or at any adjournment or postponement of the annual meeting. 

The main office of the Corporation is located at 612 Main Street, Emlenton, Pennsylvania 16373. The telephone 
number for the Corporation is (844) 767-2311. All inquiries should be directed to William C. Marsh, Chairman, President 
and Chief Executive Officer. This Proxy Statement and the enclosed form of proxy are first being sent to shareholders of the 
Corporation on or about March 19, 2021. This Proxy Statement and the Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 
31, 2020 are available in the Financial Information section on our website at www.emclairefinancial.com and www.sec.gov. 

Due to the public health impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and to support the well-being of our employees and 
shareholders, we have decided to hold this year’s annual meeting in a virtual meeting format only. Shareholders of record at 
the close of business on March 1, 2021 may attend the annual meeting, vote and submit questions during the meeting.  You 
may  access  the  annual  meeting  via 
link  on  our  website  at 
www.emclairefinancial.com and by following the instructions on the website.  In addition, you may also access the annual 
meeting on a telephone conference call at (877) 309-2071 and entering the access code 890787116#.  You may ask questions 
and vote during the annual meeting by following the instructions available on the website during the meeting.  

the  “2021  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders” 

How to Vote 

Shareholders may vote (i) via the Internet at www.voteproxy.com by following the instructions contained on that 
website,  (ii)  by  telephone  at  1-800-776-9437,  (iii)  by  completing  and  signing  the  enclosed  proxy  card  and  returning  it 
promptly in the enclosed, postage prepaid, addressed envelope, or (iv) appearing at the virtual annual meeting and voting 
electronically. Proxies properly executed and delivered by shareholders (via the Internet, telephone or by mail as described 
above) and timely received by us will be voted at the annual meeting in accordance with the instructions contained therein.  If 
you authorize a proxy to vote your shares over the Internet or by telephone, you should not return a proxy by mail (unless 
you are revoking your previous proxy). 

Solicitation of Proxies 

The proxy  solicited  hereby,  if  properly  voted  via  the Internet or  telephone  or  signed  and returned  to  us  and not 
revoked prior to its use, will be voted in accordance with your instructions contained in the proxy. If no contrary instructions 
are given, each proxy signed and received will be voted in the manner recommended by the Board of Directors as follows: 
(i) FOR the nominees for director described herein; (ii) FOR the adoption of the 2021 Stock Incentive Plan; (iii) FOR the 
ratification  of  BKD,  LLP,  as  the  Corporation’s  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  for  the  year  ending 
December 31,  2021;  and  (iv)  upon  the  transaction  of  such  other  business  as  may  properly  come  before  the  meeting,  in 
accordance with the best judgment of the persons appointed as proxies. Proxies solicited hereby may be exercised only at the 
annual meeting and any adjournment of the annual meeting and will not be used for any other meeting. Execution and return 
of the enclosed proxy will not affect a shareholder’s right to attend the annual meeting and vote in person. 

The cost of preparing, assembling, mailing and soliciting proxies will be borne by the Corporation. In addition to 
solicitations by mail, directors, officers and employees of the Corporation may solicit proxies personally or by telephone 
without  additional  compensation.  In  addition  to  the  use  of  the  mail,  certain  directors,  officers  and  employees  of  the 
Corporation intend to solicit proxies personally, by telephone and by facsimile. Arrangements will be made with brokerage 
houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries to forward proxy solicitation material to the beneficial owners of stock 
held  of  record  by  these  persons,  and,  upon  request,  the  Corporation  will  reimburse  them  for  their  reasonable  forwarding 
expenses. 

P-1 

PROXY  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Quorum 

The  presence  of  shareholders,  in  person  or  by  proxy,  entitled  to  cast  at  least  a  majority  of  the  votes  which  all 
shareholders are entitled to cast shall constitute a quorum at the annual meeting. Abstentions, broker non-votes, which are 
discussed  below,  and  votes  withheld  from  director  nominees  count  as  “shares  present”  at  the  meeting  for  purposes  of 
determining a quorum. 

Voting 

At the close of business on March 1, 2021, the voting record date, the Corporation had outstanding 2,721,212 shares 
of common stock, $1.25 par value per share. Only shareholders of record, at the close of business on the voting record date, 
will be entitled to notice of and to vote at the annual meeting. Each issued and outstanding share of common stock owned on 
the record date will be entitled to one vote on each matter to be voted on at the annual meeting, in person or by proxy.  

Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast with a quorum present. The four nominees for director receiving 
the most votes of the common stock represented in person or by proxy at the annual meeting will be elected as directors.  The 
affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes present in person or by proxy is required for the approval of the 2021 Stock 
Incentive Plan and for the approval of the proposal to ratify the appointment of the independent registered public accounting 
firm.  

With regard to the election of directors, you may vote in favor of or withhold authority to vote for one or more 
nominees for director. Votes that are withheld in connection with the election of one or more nominees for director will not 
be counted as votes cast for such individuals and accordingly will have no effect. An abstention may be specified on the 
proposals to approve the 2021 Stock Incentive Plan and to ratify the appointment of BKD, LLP as our independent registered 
public accounting firm for 2021. Abstentions will have the same effect as a vote against these proposals.   

Under rules applicable to broker-dealers, the proposals for the election of directors and to approve the 2021 Stock 
Incentive  Plan  are considered  to  be  non-routine  matters.  Brokerage  firms  may  not  vote  on  non-routine  matters  in  their 
discretion on behalf of their clients if such clients have not furnished voting instructions. A “broker non-vote” occurs when 
a broker’s customer does not provide the broker with voting instructions on non-routine matters for shares owned by the 
customer but held in the name of the broker. For such non-routine matters, the broker cannot vote on the proposal and reports 
the number of such shares as “non-votes.” Because the election of directors and the proposal to approve the 2021 Stock Plan 
are not considered routine matters, there potentially can be “broker non-votes” at the annual meeting. Any “broker non-votes” 
submitted by brokers or nominees in connection with the annual meeting will have no effect on the vote for the election of 
directors or the proposal to approve the 2021 Stock Incentive Plan. 

Shares Held in Street Name  

If you hold your shares through an intermediary, such as a bank or broker, you must register in advance to attend the 
annual meeting. You must contact your broker who holds your shares in street name to provide you with a legal proxy. To 
register you must submit proof of your proxy power (legal proxy) by email reflecting your holdings along with your name 
and email address to lbartley@farmersnb.com.  You must either attach an image of your legal proxy to your email or forward 
the email that includes the legal proxy received from your bank or broker. Requests for registration must have “Legal Proxy” 
in the email’s subject line and be received no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on April 20, 2021. 

Revocation of Proxies and Changing a Vote 

A shareholder who votes via the Internet (as described above) or telephone (as described above) or returns a proxy 
via mail may revoke it at any time before it is voted by: (i) delivering written notice of revocation to Jennifer A. Poulsen, 
Secretary, Emclaire Financial Corp, 612 Main Street, Post Office Box D, Emlenton, Pennsylvania 16373, telephone: (844) 
767-2311;  or  (ii)  voting  electronically  at  the  virtual  annual  meeting  after  giving  written  notice  to  the  Secretary  of  the 
Corporation.  Executing  and  returning  a  later-dated  proxy,  giving  written  notice  of  revocation  to  the  Secretary  of  the 
Corporation or voting again via the Internet or telephone will revoke an earlier proxy. Only the latest dated proxy, ballot or 
Internet or telephone proxy submitted by a shareholder prior to the annual meeting will be counted. 

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE ANNUAL 
MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS TO BE HELD ON APRIL 21, 2021 

The  proxy  materials  for  the  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  of  Emclaire  Financial  Corp,  including  the  Proxy 
Statement and the Corporation’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, are available in the Financial 
Information section on our website at www.emclairefinancial.com or www.sec.gov. 

P-2 

PROXY  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PRINCIPAL BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THE CORPORATION’S COMMON STOCK 

Persons and groups owning in excess of 5% of the common stock are required to file certain reports regarding such 
ownership pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”). The following table sets forth, as 
of the voting record date, certain information as to the common stock beneficially owned by (i) persons or groups who own 
more than 5% of the common stock, (ii) the directors of the Corporation, (iii) certain executive officers of the Corporation 
included in the Summary Compensation Table (which we refer to as “named executive officers”), and (iv) all directors and 
executive officers of the Corporation as a group. Management knows of no person or group that owned more than 5% of the 
outstanding shares of common stock at the voting record date. 

Name 

Directors: 
Henry H. Deible 
Robert W. Freeman 
William C. Marsh 
Nicholas D. Varischetti 
John B. Mason 
Milissa S. Bauer 
James M. Crooks 
Deanna K. McCarrier 
David L. Cox 
Mark A. Freemer 
Henry H. Deible II 
Steven J. Hunter 
Named Executive Officers: 
Jennifer A. Poulsen 
Robert A. Vernick 
All directors and executive officers as a group (16 persons) 
____________________________________ 

Amount and 
Nature of 
Beneficial 
Ownership(1)    

Percent of 
Outstanding 
Common Stock 
Beneficially 
Owned 

74,120(2) 
61,960(3) 
57,214(4) 
45,043  
40,542  
36,706(5) 
29,529(6) 
22,731  
20,330(7) 
18,600  
384  
200  

5,540(8) 
3,224(9) 
420,417(10)

2.72%  
2.28%  
2.10%  
1.66%  
1.49%  
1.35%  
1.09%  
*  
*  
*  
*  
*  

*  
*  
15.45%  

* 
(1) 

(2) 

(3) 
(4) 
(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 
(9) 
(10) 

Represents less than 1% of the outstanding common stock. 
Based upon information provided by the respective beneficial owners and filings with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission (“SEC”) made pursuant to the 1934 Act. For purposes of this table, pursuant to rules promulgated 
under the 1934 Act, a person or entity is considered to beneficially own shares of common stock if they directly or 
indirectly have or share (1) voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of the shares, or 
(2) investment power, which includes the power to dispose or direct the disposition of the shares. Unless otherwise 
indicated, a person or entity has sole voting power and sole investment power with respect to the indicated shares. 
Of the 74,120 shares beneficially owned by Mr. Deible, 34,254 shares are owned jointly with his spouse and 7,165 
shares are held by an entity owned and controlled by Mr. Deible. 
Of the 61,960 shares beneficially owned by Mr. Freeman, 1,757 shares are owned individually by his spouse. 
Of the 57,214 shares beneficially owned by Mr. Marsh, 4,014 shares are held in the Corporation's 401(k) Plan. 
Of 
spouse, 13,553 shares are owned individually by her spouse and 100 shares are owned individually by her son. 
Of the 29,529 shares beneficially owned by Mr. Crooks, 3,273 shares are owned jointly with his spouse and 635 
shares are owned individually by his spouse. 
Of the 20,330 shares beneficially owned by Mr. Cox, 18,330 are owned jointly with his spouse and 500 shares are 
owned individually by his spouse. 
Of the 5,540 shares beneficially owned by Ms. Poulsen, 2,190 shares are held in the Corporation's 401(k) Plan.  
Of the 3,224 shares beneficially owned by Mr. Vernick, 1,964 shares are held in the Corporation's 401(k) Plan. 
Of the 420,417 shares beneficially owned by all directors and officers as a group, 11,262 shares are held in the 
Corporation's 401(k) Plan. 

the  36,706 shares  beneficially  owned  by  Ms.  Bauer, 6,052 shares  are  owned 

jointly  with her 

P-3 

PROXY  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE 

The Corporation’s common stock is registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the 1934 Act. The officers and directors 
of the Corporation and beneficial owners of greater than 10% of the common stock are required to file reports on Forms 3, 4, 
and 5 with the SEC disclosing changes in beneficial ownership of the common stock. Based on the Corporation’s review of 
such  ownership  reports,  to  the  Corporation’s  knowledge,  no  executive  officer,  director,  or  10%  beneficial  owner  of  the 
Corporation failed to file such ownership reports on a timely basis for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. 

INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR, 
CONTINUING DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

Election of Directors 

The Corporation has a classified Board of Directors with staggered three-year terms of office. In a classified board, 
the directors are generally divided into separate classes of equal number. The terms of the separate classes expire in successive 
years. Thus, at each annual meeting of shareholders, successors to the class of directors whose term then expires are to be 
elected to hold office for a term of three years, so that the office of one class will expire each year. 

A majority of the members of our Board of Directors are independent based on an assessment of each member’s 
qualifications by  the  Board, taking  into  consideration  the  NASDAQ  Stock Market’s  requirements  for  independence.  The 
Board of Directors has concluded that Directors Bauer, Cox, Crooks, Deible, Deible II, Freeman, Freemer, Hunter, Mason, 
McCarrier and Varischetti do not have any material relationships with the Corporation that would impair their independence. 
Each of such directors will be re-nominated for an additional term, subject to the fiduciary duties of the Board of Directors 
and  any  applicable  eligibility  requirements  set  forth  in  the  Corporation’s  or  the  Bank’s,  as  the  case  may  be,  articles  of 
incorporation, bylaws, or nominating and corporate governance committee guidelines, or any applicable law, rule, regulation 
or listing standard. There are no other arrangements or understandings between the Corporation and any other person pursuant 
to which such person has been elected a director. Shareholders of the Corporation are not permitted to cumulate their votes 
for the election of directors. 

Unless otherwise directed, each proxy executed and returned by a shareholder will be voted for the election of the 
nominees for director listed below. If the person named as nominee should be unable or unwilling to stand for election at the 
time  of  the  annual  meeting,  the  proxies  will  vote  for  one  or  more  replacement  nominees  recommended  by  the  Board  of 
Directors. At this time, the Board of Directors knows of no reason why the nominees listed below may not be able to serve 
as a director if elected. Any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors of the Corporation for any reason may be filled by 
a majority of the directors then in office until the expiration of the term of office of the class of directors to which he or she 
was appointed. Ages are reflected as of December 31, 2020. 

P-4 

PROXY  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Nominees for Director for Three-Year Term Expiring 2024 

Name 

   Age   

Milissa S. Bauer 

58 

Henry H. Deible 

66 

Deanna K. McCarrier 

57 

Nicholas D. Varischetti 

37 

Principal Occupation 
for Past Five Years 

Executive Vice President of Kriebel Companies and President of 
Z Train Corporation. As a business executive in the Corporation's 
market  area  as  well  as  extensive  involvement  with  various 
business  and  civic  organizations  in  the  communities  that  the 
Corporation  operates,  Ms.  Bauer  is  well  qualified  to  serve  as  a 
director. 

Former  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Community 
First  Bancorp,  Inc.,  Owner  of  Northern  Horizons,  LLC  and 
Owner/Partner of Forestland Investments, LLC and Sustainable 
Forestry  Consultants,  LLC.  As  a  business  executive  in  the 
Corporation's market area and with his extensive prior service in 
community banking, Mr. Deible provides the Board with valuable 
knowledge  and  experience  and  is  well  qualified  to  serve  as  a 
director. 

Owner,  McCarrier,  CPAs.  Ms.  McCarrier  is  a  certified  public 
accountant. As a business owner in the Corporation's market area 
as  well  as  involvement  with  various  business  and  civic 
organizations in the communities that the Corporation operates, 
Ms. McCarrier is well qualified to serve as a director. 

Attorney with Burns White and Partner in Varischetti Holdings, 
LP and Allegheny Strategy Partners. Based on Mr. Varischetti's 
legal  background,  business  ownership  within  the  Corporation's 
market  area  and  involvement  with  various  business  and  civic 
organizations, he is well qualified to serve as a director. 

   Director Since 
   Bank/Corporation 

2015/2015 

2018/2018 

2016/2016 

2015/2015 

The Board of Directors recommends that you vote “FOR” for each of the nominees for director. 

P-5 

PROXY  
     
     
     
  
     
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Members of the Board of Directors Continuing in Office 

Directors Whose Terms Expire in 2022 

Name 

   Age   

David L. Cox 

   70 

Henry H. Deible II 

   38 

Mark A. Freemer 

   61 

William C. Marsh 

   54 

Principal Occupation 
for Past Five Years 

   Director Since 
   Bank/Corporation 

Retired, former Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
of  the  Bank  and  the  Corporation.  Mr.  Cox's  prior  service  as 
Chairman,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  as  well  as  his 
subsequent years of service as a director provide the Board with 
valuable knowledge and experience. 

Owner and President of Forestland Investments, LLC and Owner 
and  Forester  for  Sustainable  Forestry  Consultants,  LLC.  As  a 
business  executive  in  the  Corporation's  market  area  as  well  as 
previous  experience  as  a  director  of  a  community  banking 
institution, Mr. Deible is well qualified to serve as a director. 

Chief Financial Officer for Varischetti Holdings, LP. Mr. Freemer 
is  a  certified  public  accountant.  As  a  business  executive  in  the 
Corporation's market area as well as his many years of service as a 
director of the Corporation and his public accounting experience, 
Mr. Freemer is well qualified to serve as a director. 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank and 
the  Corporation. Mr. Marsh  is  a  certified  public  accountant. Mr. 
Marsh's  positions  as  Chairman,  President  and  Chief  Executive 
Officer,  his  extensive  involvement  with  and  background  in  the 
in  business  and  civic 
involvement 
banking 
organizations in the communities that the Corporation operates, as 
well  as  his  prior  accounting  background  provide  the  Board 
valuable  insight  regarding  the  business  and  operations  of  the 
Corporation. 

industry  and 

1991/1991 

2018/2018 

2004/2004 

2006/2006 

P-6 

PROXY  
  
     
     
     
  
     
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Name 

   Age   

James M. Crooks 

68 

Robert W. Freeman 

63 

Steven J. Hunter 

51 

John B. Mason 

72 

Directors Whose Terms Expire in 2023 

Principal Occupation 
for Past Five Years 

Owner, F.L. Crooks Clothing Company, Inc. As a business owner 
in  the  Corporation's  market  area  as  well  as  his  many  years  of 
service  as  a  director  of  the  Corporation,  Mr.  Crooks  is  well 
qualified to serve as a director. 

Partner,  Beaconfield  Consulting  Group,  LLC.  Based  on  Mr. 
Freeman's  past  employment  experiences  and  financial  and 
technological  background,  he  is  well  qualified  to  serve  as  a 
director. 

Managing Director of TM Capital Corp. He previously served as 
Managing  Director  of  Greene  Holcomb  Fisher  and  Morgan 
Keegan. Based on Mr. Hunter's past employment experiences and 
extensive  background  in  finance  and  investment  banking,  he  is 
well qualified to serve as a director. 

Retired, former President, H. B. Beels & Son, Inc. As a former 
business  owner  in  the  Corporation's  market  area  as  well  as  his 
many years of service as a director of the Corporation, Mr. Mason 
is well qualified to serve as a director. 

   Director Since 
   Bank/Corporation 

2004/2004 

2015/2015 

2021/2021 

1985/1989 

P-7 

PROXY  
     
     
     
  
     
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight 

Board  Leadership  Structure.  Since  the  Corporation  was  founded  in  1989,  the  Corporation  has  employed  a 
traditional board leadership model, with our Chief Executive Officer also serving as Chairman of our Board of Directors. We 
believe this traditional leadership structure benefits the Corporation. A combined Chairman and Chief Executive Officer role 
helps provide strong, unified leadership for our management team and Board of Directors. William C. Marsh has served as 
our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since January 1, 2009. Prior to becoming Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, 
Mr. Marsh served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation beginning in 2006. Our Board 
of Directors is currently comprised of twelve directors of which eleven, or a majority, are independent directors. The board 
has  three  standing  committees  with  separate  chairs—the  audit,  executive  and  human  resources  committees.  The  audit 
committee and human resources committee are led by independent directors and our executive committee is comprised of a 
majority  of  independent  directors.  We  do  not  have  a  lead  independent  director  position.  The  Board  has  reviewed  our 
Corporation’s current Board leadership structure in light of the composition of the Board, the Corporation’s size, the nature 
of the Corporation’s business, the regulatory framework under which the Corporation operates, the Corporation’s shareholder 
base,  the  Corporation’s  peer  group  and  other  relevant  factors,  and  has  determined  that  a  combined  Chairman  and  Chief 
Executive Officer position, is currently the most appropriate Board leadership structure for our Corporation. The Board noted 
the following factors in reaching its determination: 

•  The Board acts efficiently and effectively under its current structure, where the Chief Executive Officer also acts as

Chairman. 

•  A combined Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is in the best position to be aware of major issues facing the
Corporation on a day-to-day and long-term basis, and is in the best position to identify key risks and developments
facing the Corporation to be brought to the Board’s attention. 

•  A combined Chairman and Chief Executive Officer position eliminates the potential for confusion and duplication

of efforts, including among employees. 

•  A combined Chairman and Chief Executive Officer position eliminates the potential for confusion as to who leads
the Corporation, providing the Corporation with a single public “face” in dealing with shareholders, employees,
regulators, analysts and other constituencies. 

Risk Oversight. The Board’s role in the Corporation’s risk oversight process includes receiving regular reports from 
members  of  senior  management  on  areas  of  material  risk  to  the  Corporation,  including  operational,  financial,  legal  and 
regulatory, and strategic and reputational risks. The full Board (or the appropriate committee in the case of risks that are under 
the purview of a particular committee) receives these reports from the appropriate “risk owner” within the organization to 
enable it to understand our risk identification, risk management and risk mitigation strategies. When a committee receives 
the report, the Chairman of the relevant committee reports on the discussion to the full Board during the next Board meeting. 
This  enables  the  Board  and  its  committees  to  coordinate  the  risk  oversight  role,  particularly  with  respect  to  risk 
interrelationships. 

Directors Attendance at Annual Meetings  

Although we do not have a formal policy regarding attendance by members of the Board of Directors at annual 
meetings  of  shareholders,  all  directors  are  expected  to  attend  the  Corporation’s  annual  meeting  of  shareholders.  All 
twelve directors of the Corporation at the time attended the Corporation’s 2020 annual meeting of shareholders. 

Committees and Meetings of the Corporation and the Bank 

During 2020, the Board of Directors of the Corporation held eight regular meetings and one special meeting, and 
the Board of Directors of the Bank held 13 regular meetings and one special meeting. Each of the directors attended at least 
seventy-five percent (75%) of the combined total number of meetings of the Corporation’s Board of Directors and of the 
committees on which they serve. 

P-8 

PROXY  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Membership on Certain Board Committees. The Board of Directors of the Corporation has established an audit 
committee, executive committee, human resources committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The 
human resources committee functions as the Corporation’s compensation committee. 

The following table sets forth the membership of such committees as of the date of this proxy statement. 

Directors 

Milissa S. Bauer 
David L. Cox 
James M. Crooks 
Henry H. Deible 
Henry H. Deible II 
Robert W. Freeman 
Mark A. Freemer 
Steven J. Hunter (1) 
William C. Marsh 
John B. Mason 
Deanna C. McCarrier 
Nicholas D. Varischetti 
_________________________________ 
* 
** 
(1) 

Human 

   Resources 

   Nominating 

and 
Corporate 
   Governance 

Audit 
** 

Executive 
* 
* 

* 
* 

* 
* 

* 
* 

* 
* 

** 
* 
* 

* 

* 
* 
* 

* 
** 
* 

* 

* 

** 

* 

* 

Member 
Chairman 
Robert L. Hunter retired from the Board of Directors effective December 31, 2020.  Steven J. Hunter,  the son of 
Robert L. Hunter, was elected as a member of the Board of Directors effective January 1, 2021. 

Audit  Committee.  The  audit  committee  of  the  Board  is  composed  of  six  members  and  operates  under  a  written 
charter  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Directors.  During  2020,  the  audit  committee  consisted  of  Directors  Bauer  (Chairman), 
Crooks, Deible, Freemer, Robert Hunter, McCarrier and Varischetti. The Board of Directors has identified Milissa S. Bauer 
as an audit committee financial expert. The audit committee met four times in 2020. The Board of Directors has determined 
that  each  committee  member  is  “independent,”  as  defined  by  Corporation  policy,  SEC  rules  and  the  NASDAQ  listing 
standards. 

The audit committee charter adopted by the Board sets forth the responsibilities, authority and specific duties of the 
audit  committee.  The  full  text  of  the  audit  committee  charter  is  available  on  our  website  at  www.emclairefinancial.com. 
Pursuant to the charter, the audit committee has the following responsibilities: 

•  To monitor the preparation of quarterly and annual financial reports; 
•  To review the adequacy of internal control systems and financial reporting procedures with management and

independent auditors; and 

•  To review the general scope of the annual audit and the fees charged by the independent auditors. 

Human  Resources  Committee.  The  human  resources  committee  of  the  Board  functions  as  the  compensation 
committee and has the responsibility to evaluate the performance of and determine the compensation for the Chairman of the 
Board,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Corporation,  to  approve  the  compensation  structure  for  senior 
management and the members of the Board of Directors, to review the Corporation’s salary administration program and to 
review and administer the Corporation’s bonus plans, including the management incentive program. 

The human resources committee, which is currently composed entirely of independent directors, administers the 
Corporation’s  executive  compensation  program.  In  2020,  the  members  of  the  human  resources  committee  consisted  of 
Directors McCarrier (Chairman), Deible, Freeman, Freemer, Robert Hunter, Mason and Varischetti. All of the members meet 
all of the independence requirements under the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market. 

P-9 

PROXY  
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
     
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The  human  resources  committee  is  committed  to  high  standards  of  corporate  governance.  The  human  resources 
committee’s  charter  reflects  the  foregoing  responsibilities  and  commitment,  and  the  human  resources  committee  and  the 
Board will periodically review and revise the charter, as appropriate. The full text of the human resources committee charter 
is available on our website at www.emclairefinancial.com. The human resources committee’s membership is determined by 
the Board. There were four meetings of the full human resources committee in 2020. 

The human resources committee has exercised exclusive authority over the compensation paid to the Corporation’s 
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer and reviews and approves salary increases and bonuses for the 
Corporation’s other executive officers as prepared and submitted to the human resources committee by the Chairman of the 
Board, President and Chief Executive Officer. Although the human resources committee does not delegate any of its authority 
for determining executive compensation, the human resources committee has the authority under its charter to engage the 
services of outside advisors, experts and others to assist the human resources committee. 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Corporation has established a nominating and corporate 
governance committee to identify and recommend to the full Board of Directors the selection of qualified individuals to serve 
as Board members, recommend to the full Board director nominees for each annual meeting of shareholders, review existing 
corporate governance documents, establish corporate governance principles applicable to the Corporation and to govern the 
conduct of the Board and its members, and review nominations for director submitted by shareholders. During 2020, the 
members  of  this  committee  were  Directors Robert Hunter  (Chairman),  Cox,  Deible,  Freemer  and  Mason.  Each  of  these 
persons  is  independent  within  the  meaning  of  the  rules  of  the  NASDAQ  Stock  Market.  The  nominating  and  corporate 
to  a  written  charter,  which  can  be  viewed  on  our  website  at 
governance  committee  operates  pursuant 
www.emclairefinancial.com. The  nominating  and  corporate  governance committee  met  two  times  in connection  with  the 
nomination for the election of directors. 

The nominating and corporate governance committee considers candidates for director suggested by its members 
and other directors, as well as management and shareholders. The nominating and corporate governance committee also may 
solicit prospective nominees. The committee will also consider whether to nominate any person nominated pursuant to the 
provision of our bylaws relating to shareholder nominations. The nominating and corporate governance committee has the 
authority and ability to retain a search firm to identify or evaluate potential nominees if it so desires. 

The charter of the nominating and corporate governance committee sets forth certain criteria the committee may 
consider when recommending individuals for nomination as director including: (a) ensuring that the Board of Directors, as a 
whole, is diverse and consists of individuals with various and relevant career experience, relevant technical skills, industry 
knowledge and experience, financial expertise (including expertise that could qualify a director as a “financial expert,” as 
that term is defined by the rules of the SEC), local or community ties and (b) minimum individual qualifications, including 
strength of character, mature judgment, familiarity with our business and industry, independence of thought and an ability to 
work collegially. The committee also may consider the extent to which the candidate would fill a present need on the Board 
of Directors. 

Once  the  nominating  and  corporate  governance  committee  has  identified  a  prospective  nominee,  the  committee 
makes an initial determination as to whether to conduct a full evaluation of the candidate. This initial determination is based 
on whatever information is provided to the committee with the recommendation of the prospective candidate, as well as the 
committee’s own knowledge of the prospective candidate, which may be supplemented by inquiries to the person making the 
recommendation or others. 

Section 10.1 of our bylaws governs shareholder nominations for election to the Board of Directors and requires all 
nominations for election to the Board of Directors by a shareholder to be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the 
Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a shareholders’ notice must be received by the Corporation no later than 60 days 
prior to the annual meeting called for the election of directors. Each written notice of a shareholder nomination must set forth 
certain information specified in the bylaws. Any nomination of any person not made in compliance with the procedures set 
forth in the bylaws shall be disregarded by the presiding officer of the meeting and any votes for such nominee shall be 
disregarded. 

P-10 

PROXY  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Executive Officers Who are Not Directors 

Set forth below is information with respect to the principal occupations during at least the last five years for the 
current executive officers of the Corporation who do not serve as directors. All executive officers of the Corporation are 
elected  annually  by  the  Board  of  Directors  and  serve  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board.  There  are  no  arrangements  or 
understandings between the executive officers and the Corporation and any person pursuant to which such persons have been 
selected officers. Ages are reflected as of December 31, 2020. 

Jennifer A. Poulsen, age 51. Ms. Poulsen is Secretary of the Corporation and Senior Vice President and Chief 
Operating Officer of the Bank. Ms. Poulsen was appointed Assistant Secretary in 2018 and has served in her role at the Bank 
since October 2011. 

Robert A. Vernick, age 54. Mr. Vernick is Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank, a position 

he has held since July 2012. 

Amanda L. Engles, age 42. Ms. Engles is Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation and Senior Vice 
President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank, positions she has held since July 2017. Ms. Engles previously served as 
Principal Accounting Officer and Secretary of the Corporation as well as Vice President and Controller of the Bank since 
October 2007. She previously served as Treasurer of the Corporation from October 2007 through August 2010. 

Eric J. Gantz, age 34. Mr. Gantz is Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank, a position he has 
held since April 2019.  Mr. Gantz previously served as Vice President and Senior Credit Officer from September 2018 through 
April 2019, Assistant Vice President and Senior Risk Analyst from September 2017 through September 2018 and Assistant 
Vice President and Senior Credit Analyst from August 2014 through September 2017.   

Summary Compensation Table 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The following table sets forth a summary of certain information concerning the compensation awarded to or paid by 
the Corporation or its subsidiaries for services rendered in all capacities during the past two years to our principal executive 
officer  as  well  as  our  two  other  highest  compensated  executive  officers  in  2020 (who  we  refer  to  as  “named  executive 
officers”). 

     Stock 
Awards 
(1) 

     Non-equity 
     Incentive Plan     
Compensation 
(2) 

All 
Other 
Compensation 
(3) 

     Total 

Name and Principal Position 
William C. Marsh, Chairman, 

   Year    Salary      
   2020   $ 417,857    $ 122,400    $ 
President and Chief Executive Officer     2019      375,687       127,510      

Jennifer A. Poulsen, Senior Vice  
President, Secretary and Chief 
Operating Officer 

   2020      194,151       12,240      
2019      188,496       46,650      

48,939    $ 
74,354      

15,159      
24,871      

19,757     $ 608,954  
48,314        625,864  

11,774        233,324  
11,675        271,692

Robert A. Vernick, Senior Vice President,   2020      178,447       18,360      
   2019      173,250       46,650      

Chief Lending Officer 

23,933      
22,859      

9,955        230,695  
12,176        254,935  

___________________________________ 
   (1)  Reflects the grant date fair value, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, for stock awards granted in 
2020 and 2019 pursuant to the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan adopted in 2014. For a description of the assumptions used 
for purposes of determining grant date fair value, see Note 14 to the Financial Statements included in our Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020. 

   (2)  Amounts presented for a fiscal year were paid in the next year for performance pursuant to the Corporation's Incentive 

Compensation Plan. 

   (3)  Includes matching amounts and discretionary profit sharing contributions made under the Corporation’s 401(k) plan 
for all the named executive officers.  Includes director's fees from the Corporation and the Bank totaling $30,000 for 
2019 for Mr. Marsh.  Starting in 2020, Mr. Marsh no longer receives director's fees. 

P-11 

PROXY  
  
   
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
    
    
      
    
      
  
  
  
  
    
      
  
    
    
  
  
    
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
    
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
 
 
Outside Compensation Consultants 

Periodically,  the  Corporation  retains  a  compensation  consulting  firm  to  review  its  compensation  structure.  The 
Corporation  retained  McLagan  Partners,  Inc.  in  2020 and 2019 to  assist  the  human  resources  committee  in  setting 
compensation levels. The human resources committee considered the consultants to be independent and concluded that the 
consultants  had  no  conflicts  of  interest  with  respect  to the  engagements.  The  consultants'  reviewed  the  Corporation’s 
compensation practices and compared them with compensation practices of institutions similar in size and performance to 
the Corporation. The human resources committee considered the consultants' reviews of compensation levels in establishing 
the compensation amounts of the Corporation’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Board of Directors. 

Pension Plan 

The Bank previously maintained a defined benefit pension plan for all eligible employees which was frozen in 2013. 
An employee became vested in the plan after three years. Upon retirement at age 65, a terminated participant is entitled to 
receive  a  monthly  benefit.  Prior  to  a  2002  amendment  to  the  plan,  the  benefit  formula  was  1.1%  of  average  monthly 
compensation plus 0.4% of average monthly compensation in excess of $675 multiplied by years of service. In 2002, the plan 
was  amended  to  change  the  benefit  structure  to  a  cash  balance  formula  under  which  the  benefit  payable  is  the  actuarial 
equivalent  of  the  hypothetical  account  balance  at  normal  retirement  age.  However,  the  benefits  already  accrued  by  the 
employees prior to the amendment were not reduced. In addition, the prior benefit formula continued through December 31, 
2012, as a minimum benefit. The Bank amended the defined benefit pension plan to freeze the benefits under the plan effective 
as of April 30, 2013, with no additional benefits to accrue after such date. 

401(k) Plan 

The Corporation maintains a defined contribution 401(k) plan. Employees are eligible to participate by providing 
tax-deferred  contributions  up  to  20%  of  qualified  compensation.  Employee  contributions  are  vested  at  all  times.  The 
Corporation  provides  a  matching  contribution  of  up  to  4%  of  the  participant’s  salary,  which  vest  after  three  years.  The 
Corporation may also make, at the sole discretion of its Board of Directors, a profit sharing contribution. 

Supplemental Retirement Agreements 

The Bank maintains Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreements (the “SERPs”) with William C. Marsh, 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and the Bank, Jennifer A. Poulsen, Secretary of the 
Corporation and Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank and Robert A. Vernick, Senior Vice President 
and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank as well as other officers. The SERPs are periodically amended to conform to the 
current salary levels of the officers. 

The SERPs are non-qualified defined benefit plans and are unfunded. The SERPs have no assets, and the benefits 
payable under the SERPs are not secured. The SERP participants are general creditors of the Bank in regards to their vested 
SERP benefits. The SERPs provide for retirement benefits upon reaching age 65, and the participants become vested in their 
benefits up until their normal retirement age. Upon attaining normal retirement age, Mr. Marsh, Ms. Poulsen and Mr. Vernick 
would be entitled to receive an annual payment of $110,000, $56,500 and $36,000, respectively, payable in equal monthly 
installments each year for a 20-year period under the SERPs, as amended. 

Each of the SERPs provide that in the event of a change in control of the Corporation or the Bank (as defined in the 
agreements), the executive will receive their supplemental retirement benefits in a lump sum payment if the change in control 
occurs before the executive’s employment is terminated and before the executive reaches normal retirement age. If a change 
in control had occurred on December 31, 2020, Mr. Marsh, Ms. Poulsen and Mr. Vernick would have been entitled to lump 
sum  payments  of  $942,302,  $411,556  and  $278,878,  respectively.  Such  payments  could  be  limited  if  they  are  deemed 
“parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended. 

The SERPs prohibit the executives from competing against the Bank or soliciting customers or employees of the 
Bank  for  a  period  of  three  years  following  a  termination  of  employment  if  such  termination  occurs  prior  to  a  change  in 
control.  If the executives are still employed at the time of a change in control, the SERPs impose non-compete and non-
solicitation  provisions  on  Ms.  Poulsen  and  Mr.  Vernick  for  a  period  of  six  months  following  the  change  in  control.   An 
existing  employment  agreement  imposes  non-compete  and  non-solicitation  provisions  on  Mr.  Marsh  for  a  period  of  12 
months following a change in control.  

P-12 

PROXY  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Employment and Change in Control Agreements 

The Corporation and the Bank maintain an employment agreement with William C. Marsh to serve as Chairman, 
President and Chief Executive Officer. The current term of the agreement expires on December 31, 2021 and will renew for 
successive one-year periods each January 1 unless notice to the contrary is provided at least 30 days prior to the renewal. The 
agreement also provides that if the executive is terminated by the Corporation or the Bank for other than cause, disability, 
retirement or the executive’s death or the executive terminates employment for good reason (as defined in the agreement) 
after a change in control of the Corporation or the Bank, then Mr. Marsh will be entitled to the payment of a lump sum cash 
severance amount equal to three times his average annual compensation (as defined in the agreement) during the five calendar 
years preceding the year of termination, the continuation of his insurance benefits for up to 36 months and a lump sum cash 
payment equal to the projected cost of providing certain other benefits for 36 months, provided that such payments will be 
limited  if  they  are  deemed  “parachute  payments”  under  Section  280G  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  as  amended.  The 
employment agreement imposes non-compete and non-solicitation provisions on Mr. Marsh for a period of 18 months if his 
employment  is  terminated  prior  to  a  change  in  control  and  for  a  period  of  12  months  if  his  employment  is  terminated 
concurrently with or following a change in control. 

The  Corporation  and  the  Bank  maintain  change  in  control  agreements  with  Jennifer  A.  Poulsen  and  Robert  A. 
Vernick.  The change in control agreements currently expire on December 31, 2021, and the term will renew for successive 
one-year periods each January 1 unless notice to the contrary is provided at least 30 days prior to the renewal. If a change in 
control occurs during the term of the agreements at a time when there is less than one year remaining in the term, then the 
remaining term of the agreements will be automatically extended until the one-year anniversary of the completion of the 
change in control. 

The change in control agreements for Ms. Poulsen and Mr. Vernick provide that if the executive is terminated by 
the Corporation or the Bank (or any successor) within 24 months subsequent to a change in control of the Corporation or the 
Bank for other than cause, disability, retirement or the executive’s death or the executive terminates employment for good 
reason (as defined in the agreement) after a change in control of the Corporation or the Bank, then the executive will be 
entitled to the payment of a lump sum cash severance amount equal to two times the executive’s highest annual compensation 
(as defined in the agreement) during the year of termination or either of the two preceding calendar years, the continuation 
of the executive’s insurance benefits for up to 24 months and a lump sum cash payment equal to the projected cost of providing 
certain other benefits for 24 months, provided that such payments will be limited if they are deemed “parachute payments” 
under  Section 280G  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  as  amended.  The  Corporation  and  the  Bank  have  entered  into  similar 
change in control agreements with other officers. 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 

The following tables set forth, with respect to the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table, 
information with respect to the number of restricted stock awards held as of December 31, 2020. All awards were granted 
pursuant to the Corporation’s 2014 Stock Incentive Plan. 

Name 

Number of 
Shares of Stock 
Not Vested 

William C. Marsh 
William C. Marsh 
William C. Marsh 
Jennifer A. Poulsen 
Jennifer A. Poulsen 
Jennifer A. Poulsen 
Robert A. Vernick 
Robert A. Vernick 
Robert A. Vernick 
__________________________________ 
(1) Based upon the fair market value of a share of common stock of the Corporation as of December 31, 2020. 

4,000     $ 
4,100       
5,000       
1,500       
1,500       
500       
500       
1,500       
750       

Stock Awards 
Market Value of 
Shares of Stock 
Not Vested (1)     Vesting Date 
12/07/2021 
12/06/2022 
12/11/2023 
12/07/2021 
12/06/2022 
12/11/2023 
12/07/2021 
12/06/2022 
12/11/2023 

122,520  
125,583  
153,150  
45,945  
45,945  
15,315  
15,315  
45,945  
22,973  

P-13 

PROXY  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
 
 
Certain Transactions 

Other than as set forth below, there have been no material transactions, proposed or consummated, between the 
Corporation  and  the  Bank  with  any  director  or  executive  officer  of  the  Corporation  or  the  Bank,  or  any  associate  of  the 
foregoing persons. 

The  Bank,  like  many  financial  institutions,  has  followed  a  written  policy  of  granting  various  types  of  loans  to 
officers,  directors,  and  employees  and  under  such  policy  grants  a  discount  of  100  basis  points  on  loans  extended  to  all 
employees, including executive officers. With the exception of such policy, all loans to executive officers and directors of 
the Corporation and the Bank have been made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms and 
conditions, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not 
related to the Bank, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility nor present other unfavorable features. All 
such loans are approved by the Board of Directors. 

The following table presents a summary of loans in excess of $120,000 with preferential pricing (100 basis point 
discount) extended by the Bank to any of the Corporation’s directors, executive officers or immediate family members of 
such individuals. In addition, the Corporation had two directors and one executive officer whose loans totaled more than 
$120,000 at December 31, 2020, however in these instances the loans made with preferential pricing did not exceed $120,000. 

Highest 
Principal 
Balance 
During     Balance    Amount Paid During Year    Interest   
   Rate    
2.88%

   Year  
  Made   Year 
   2010  $ 137,448  $133,284  $  4,165  $ 

  12/31/20   Principal   

Interest 

5,882    

Name and Position 
David L. Cox, Director    Residential Mortgage 

Type 

Director Compensation 

During 2020, directors received $1,750 per month for their services as a director of the Bank and $750 for attendance 
at board meetings. The Chairmen of each committee received an additional $200 per month for their services as Committee 
Chairmen. No additional compensation is paid for service as a director of the Corporation. In addition, non-employee directors 
received $400 for each Bank committee meeting that they attended during 2020. 

The following table sets forth information concerning compensation paid or accrued  by the Corporation and the 
Bank to each member of the Board of Directors with the exception of named executive officers reported within the Summary 
Compensation Table during the year ended December 31, 2020. 

Name 

   Fees Earned      
or Paid in 
Cash 

Stock Awards 
(1) 

All Other 
Compensation 
(2) 

Total 

Milissa S. Bauer 
David L. Cox 
James M. Crooks 
Henry H. Deible 
Henry H. Deible II 
Robert W. Freeman 
Mark A. Freemer 
Robert L. Hunter 
John B. Mason 
Deanna K. McCarrier 
Nicholas D. Varischetti 
______________________________________ 
(1) 

  $ 

41,150    $ 
43,150      
41,550      
34,750      
38,350      
36,350      
37,150      
37,150      
42,750      
37,950      
34,350      

18,360     $ 
18,360       
18,360       
18,360       
18,360       
18,360       
18,360       
18,360       
18,360       
18,360       
18,360       

-    $ 
26,000      
-      
11,000      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      

59,510  
87,510  
59,910  
64,110  
56,710  
54,710  
55,510  
55,510  
61,110  
56,310  
52,710  

Reflects the grant date fair value, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, for stock awards granted in 
2020 pursuant to  the 2014  Stock  Incentive Plan  adopted  in 2014.  For  a description of the  assumptions  used  for 
purposes of determining grant date fair value, see Note 14 to the Financial Statements included in our Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020. Each director has a total of 1,850 stock awards of which 500 
vest on December 7, 2021, 600 vest on December 6, 2022 and 750 vest on December 11, 2023. 
Reflects amounts distributed under the Corporation’s Supplemental Retirement Agreement for Directors Cox and 
Deible. 

(2) 

P-14 

PROXY  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
      
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE 

In discharging its oversight responsibility, the audit committee has met and held discussions with management 
and Crowe LLP, the independent auditors for the Corporation. Management represented to the audit committee that all 
consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States  of  America,  and  the  audit  committee  has  reviewed  and  discussed  the  consolidated  financial  statements  with 
management and the independent auditors. 

In addition, the audit committee has discussed with the independent auditors the auditors’ independence from 
management and the Corporation, and has received and discussed with the independent auditors the matters in the written 
disclosures  required  by  the  Independence  Standards  Board  and  as  required  under  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002, 
including considering the permissibility of non-audit services with the auditors’ independence. 

The  audit  committee  also  obtained  from  the  independent  auditors  a  formal  written  statement  describing  all 
relationships  between  the  Corporation  and  Crowe  LLP  that  bear  on  the  auditors’  independence  consistent  with  the 
applicable  requirements  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  regarding  the  independent  accountant’s 
communications with the audit committee concerning independence. The audit committee discussed with the independent 
auditors any relationships that may impact the firm’s objectivity and independence and satisfied itself as to the auditors’ 
independence. 

Based on these discussions and reviews, the audit committee recommended that the Board of Directors approve 
the inclusion of the Corporation’s audited consolidated financial statements in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2020, for filing with the SEC. 

Respectfully submitted by the members of the audit committee of the Board of Directors: 

Milissa S. Bauer, Chairman 
James M. Crooks 
Henry H. Deible 
Mark A. Freemer 
Robert L. Hunter 
Deanna K. McCarrier 
Nicholas D. Varischetti 

P-15 

PROXY  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PROPOSAL TO ADOPT THE 2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN 

General  

The Board of Directors has adopted the 2021 Stock Incentive Plan which is designed to attract and retain qualified 
personnel in key positions, provide officers and key employees with a proprietary interest in the Corporation as an incentive 
to contribute to the success of the Corporation and reward key employees for outstanding performance.  The Incentive Plan 
is also designed to attract and retain qualified directors for the Corporation.  The Incentive Plan provides for the grant of 
incentive stock options intended to comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code (“incentive stock options”), 
non-incentive or compensatory stock options and share awards of  restricted stock, which may be based upon performance 
goals (collectively “Awards”).  Awards will be available for grant to officers, key employees and directors of the Corporation 
and any subsidiaries. 

Description of the Incentive Plan 

The following description of the 2021 Stock Incentive Plan is a summary of its terms and is qualified in its entirety 

by reference to the Incentive Plan, a copy of which is attached to this proxy statement as Appendix A. 

Administration.  The Incentive Plan will be administered and interpreted by a committee of the Board of Directors 
that is comprised solely of two or more non-employee directors. The Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors, 
currently comprised of Ms. McCarrier (Chairman), Messrs. Deible Freeman, Freemer, Hunter, Mason and Varischetti, will 
serve as the committee to administer the plan. 

Stock Options.  Under the Incentive Plan, the Board of Directors or the committee will determine which officers, 
key employees and non-employee directors will be granted options, whether such options will be incentive or compensatory 
options (in the case of options granted to employees), the number of shares subject to each option, the exercise price of each 
option, whether such options may be exercised by delivering other shares of common stock and when such options become 
exercisable.  The per share exercise price of a stock option shall be at least equal to the fair market value of a share of common 
stock on the date the option is granted.  Non-employee directors are not eligible to receive incentive stock options under the 
plan. 

All options granted to participants under the Incentive Plan shall become vested and exercisable at the rate, and 
subject to such limitations, as specified by the Board of Directors or the committee at the time of grant.  Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, no vesting shall occur on or after a participant’s employment or service with the Corporation is terminated for any 
reason  other  than  his  death,  disability  or  retirement.   Unless  the  committee  or  Board  of  Directors  shall  specifically  state 
otherwise at the time an option is granted, all options granted to participants shall become vested and exercisable in full on 
the date an optionee terminates his employment or service with the Corporation or a subsidiary company because of his 
death, disability or retirement.  In addition, all stock options will become vested and exercisable in full upon a change in 
control of the Corporation, as defined in the plan. 

Each stock option or portion thereof shall be exercisable at any time on or after it vests and is exercisable until the 
earlier of ten years after its date of grant or six months after the date on which the employee’s employment terminated (three 
years after termination of service in the case of non-employee directors), unless extended by the committee or the Board of 
Directors to a period not to exceed five years from such termination.  Unless stated otherwise at the time an option is granted 
(i) if an employee terminates his employment with the Corporation as a result of disability or retirement without having fully 
exercised his options, the optionee shall have two years following his termination due to disability or retirement to exercise 
such options, and (ii) if an optionee terminates his employment or service with the Corporation following a change in control 
of the Corporation without having fully exercised his options, the optionee shall have the right to exercise such options during 
the remainder of the original ten year term of the option.  However, failure to exercise incentive stock options within three 
months after the date on which the optionee’s employment terminates (or within one year for termination due to disability) 
may result in adverse tax consequences to the optionee.  If an optionee dies while serving as an employee or a non-employee 
director or terminates employment or service as a result of disability or retirement and dies without having fully exercised 
his options, the optionee’s executors, administrators, legatees or distributees of his estate shall have the right to exercise such 
options during the two year period following his death, provided no option will be exercisable more than ten years from the 
date it was granted. 

P-16 

PROXY  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Stock  options  are  non-transferable  except  by  will  or  the  laws  of  descent  and  distribution.  Notwithstanding  the 
foregoing, an optionee who holds non-qualified options may transfer such options to his or her spouse, lineal ascendants, 
lineal descendants, or to a duly established trust for the benefit of one or more of these individuals.  Options so transferred 
may thereafter be transferred only to the optionee who originally received the grant or to an individual or trust to whom the 
optionee could have initially transferred the option.  Options which are so transferred shall be exercisable by the transferee 
according to the same terms and conditions as applied to the optionee. 

Payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of options may be made (i) in cash or by check, (ii) by delivery of 
a properly executed exercise notice, together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell the shares and then to properly 
deliver to the Corporation the amount of sale proceeds to pay the exercise price, all in accordance with applicable laws and 
regulations, (iii) at the discretion of the board or the committee, by delivering shares of common stock (including shares 
acquired pursuant to the exercise of an option) equal in fair market value to the purchase price of the shares to be acquired 
pursuant to the option, (iv) at the discretion of the Board or the committee, by withholding some of the shares of common 
stock  which  are  being  purchased  upon  exercise  of  an  option,  or  (v)  any  combination  of  the  foregoing.   With  respect  to 
subclause (iii) hereof, the shares of common stock delivered to pay the purchase price must have either been (x) purchased 
in open market transactions or (y) issued by the Corporation pursuant to a plan thereof, in each case more than six months 
prior to the exercise date of the option. 

Share Awards.  Under the Incentive Plan, the Board of Directors or the committee is authorized to grant share 
awards, which are a right to receive a distribution of shares of common stock. Shares of common stock granted pursuant to 
a share award will be in the form of restricted stock which shall vest upon such terms and conditions as established by the 
committee.  The Board or the committee will determine which officers, key employees and directors will be granted share 
awards, the number of shares subject to each share award, whether the share award is contingent upon achievement of certain 
performance goals and the performance goals, if any, required to be met in connection with a share award. 

If the employment or service of a share award recipient is terminated before the share award is completely earned, 
the recipient will forfeit the right to any shares subject to the share award that has not been earned, except as set forth below. 
All shares subject to a share award held by a recipient whose employment or service with the Corporation or a subsidiary 
company terminates due to death or disability will be deemed fully earned as of the recipient’s last day of employment or 
service.  In addition, all shares subject to a share award held by a recipient will be deemed to be fully earned as of the effective 
date of a change of control of the Corporation. 

A recipient of a share award will not be entitled to receive any dividends declared on the common stock and will 
not be entitled to any voting rights with respect to an unvested share award until it vests.  Share awards are not transferable 
by the recipient and shares subject to a share award may only be earned by and paid to the recipient who was notified in 
writing of such award by the Board or the committee. 

The Board or the committee may determine to make any share award a performance share award by making such 
award contingent upon the achievement of a performance goal, or any combination of performance goals.  Each performance 
share award will be evidenced by a written agreement setting forth the performance goals applicable to such award.  All 
determinations  regarding  the  achievement  of  any  performance  goal  will  be  made  by  the  committee.    Notwithstanding 
anything to the contrary in the Incentive Plan, a recipient of a performance award shall have no rights as a stockholder until 
the shares of common stock covered by the performance share award are issued to the recipient according to the terms thereof. 

Number of Shares Covered by the Incentive Plan.  A total of 204,091 shares of common stock, which is equal to 
approximately  7.5%  of  the  issued  and  outstanding  common  stock,  has  been  reserved  for  future  issuance  pursuant  to  the 
Incentive Plan.   In the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, stock dividend or any other capital adjustment, 
the number of shares of common stock under the Incentive Plan, the number of shares to which any Award relates and the 
exercise price per share under any option shall be adjusted to reflect such increase or decrease in the total number of shares 
of common stock outstanding or such capital adjustment. 

Amendment and Termination of the Incentive Plan. The Board of Directors may at any time terminate or amend 
the Incentive Plan with respect to any shares of common stock as to which Awards have not been granted, subject to any 
required stockholder approval or any stockholder approval which the board may deem to be advisable. The board of directors 
may not, without the consent of the holder of an Award, alter or impair any Award previously granted or awarded under the 
Incentive Plan except as specifically authorized by the plan. 

P-17 

PROXY   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Unless sooner terminated, the Incentive Plan shall continue in effect for a period of ten years from February 17, 
2021, the date that the Incentive Plan was adopted by the board of directors.  Termination of the Incentive Plan shall not 
affect any previously granted Awards. 

Awards to be Granted. The Corporation has not made any determination as to the timing or recipients of grants of 

Awards under the Incentive Plan. 

Awards Granted or Available Under Existing Plans.  As of December 31, 2020, awards covering 81,650 shares 
of  restricted  common  stock  were  granted  under  the  Corporation’s  existing  stock  incentive  plan  and  6,783  shares  were 
available for the grant of future share awards under such plan. In recent years, the Corporation has only granted share awards 
under the plan and not stock options. 

Equity  Compensation  Plan  Information.   The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  for  all  equity 
compensation plans (other than the proposed 2021 Stock Incentive Plan) in effect as of December 31, 2020, which consists 
of the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan. 

Equity compensation plans approved by security 

Plan Category 

holders 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security 

holders 

Total 

Number of 
securities to be 
issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights (1) 

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights (1) 

Number of securities 
remaining available for 
issuance under equity 
compensation plans 
(excluding securities 
reflected in the first 
column) 

—    $ 

—      
—    $ 

—      

—      
—      

95,216  

—  
95,216  

(1)  The 2014 Stock Incentive Plan provides for issuance of up to 176,866 shares of common stock pursuant to the grant 
of stock options and restricted common stock (with no more than 88,433 shares of restricted common stock to be 
issued under the plan). No options to purchase shares of common stock were ever granted or issued under the plan 
and 81,650 shares of restricted common stock were granted, 54,733 of which were not yet vested or issued as of 
December 31, 2020. 

Federal Income Tax Consequences. Set forth below is a summary of the federal income tax consequences under 

the Internal Revenue Code relating to awards which may be granted under the Incentive Plan. 

Incentive Stock Options.  No taxable income is recognized by the optionee upon the grant or exercise of an incentive 
stock option that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.  However, the exercise of an incentive stock option 
may result in alternative minimum tax liability for the optionee.  If no disposition of shares issued to an optionee pursuant to 
the exercise of an incentive stock option is made by the optionee within two years from the date of grant or within one year 
after the date of exercise, then upon sale of such shares, any amount realized in excess of the exercise price (the amount paid 
for the shares) will be taxed to the optionee as a long-term capital gain and any loss sustained will be a long-term capital 
loss, and no deduction will be allowed to the Corporation for federal income tax purposes. 

If  shares  of  common  stock  acquired  upon  the  exercise  of  an  incentive  stock  option  are  disposed  of  prior  to  the 
expiration  of  the  two-year  and  one-year  holding  periods  described  above  (a  “disqualifying  disposition”),  the  optionee 
generally will recognize ordinary income in the year of disposition in an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the fair market 
value of the shares on the date of exercise (or, if less, the amount realized on an arm's length sale of such shares) over the 
exercise price of the underlying options, and the Corporation will be entitled to deduct such amount.  Any gain realized from 
the shares in excess of the amount taxed as ordinary income will be taxed as capital gain and will not be deductible by the 
Corporation. 

P-18 

PROXY  
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
An incentive stock option will not be eligible for the tax treatment described above if it is exercised more than three 
months following termination of employment, except in certain cases where the incentive stock option is exercised after the 
death or permanent and total disability of the optionee.  If an incentive stock option is exercised at a time when it no longer 
qualifies for the tax treatment described above, the option will be treated as a nonqualified stock option. 

Nonqualified  Stock  Options.   No  taxable  income  is  recognized  by  the  optionee  at  the  time  a  nonqualified  stock 
option is granted under the Incentive Plan.  Generally, on the date of exercise of a nonqualified stock option, ordinary income 
is recognized by the optionee in an amount equal to the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of 
the shares on the date of exercise, and the Corporation receives a tax deduction for the same amount.  Upon disposition of 
the shares acquired, an optionee generally recognizes the appreciation or depreciation on the shares after the date of exercise 
as either short-term or long-term capital gain or loss depending on how long the shares have been held.  In general, common 
stock issued upon exercise of an option granted under the Incentive Plan will be transferable and not subject to a risk of 
forfeiture at the time issued. 

 Share Awards.  No taxable income is recognized by the recipient of a share award at the time the award is granted 
under the Incentive Plan, unless the recipient makes an election to accelerate the recognition of income as described below. 
Pursuant to Section 83 of the Code, recipients of share awards will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the fair 
market value of the shares of common stock granted to them at the time that the shares vest and become transferable.   A 
recipient of a share award may elect, however, to accelerate the recognition of income with respect to his or her grant to the 
time  when  shares  of  common  stock  are  first  transferred  to  him  or  her,  notwithstanding  the  vesting  schedule  of  such 
awards.  The Corporation will be entitled to deduct as a compensation expense for tax purposes the same amounts recognized 
as income by recipients of share awards in the year in which such amounts are included in income. 

Code Section 162(m).  Section 162(m) of the Code generally limits the deduction for certain compensation in excess 
of $1 million per year paid by a publicly-traded corporation to its chief executive officer, its chief financial officer and the 
three other most highly compensated executive officers (“covered executive”).  In addition, any officer who is deemed to be 
a covered executive for any tax year beginning after December 31, 2017 continues to remain a covered executive following 
his termination of employment, and the deductibility of any compensation paid to a covered executive after his termination 
of employment (or to his beneficiary following his death) is subject to the $1 million per year limit. The prior Section 162(m) 
exemption for performance-based compensation was repealed in 2017. As a result, it is possible that we may not be able to 
fully  deduct  compensation  recognized  by  a  participant  with  respect  to  awards  granted  under  the  2021  Plan  even  if  such 
awards are subject to the satisfaction of performance goals.  The Board of Directors believes that the likelihood of any impact 
on the Corporation from the deduction limitation contained in Section 162(m) of the Code is remote at this time. 

The above description of tax consequences under federal income tax law is necessarily general in nature and does 
not purport to be complete.  Moreover, statutory provisions are subject to change, as are their interpretations, and their 
application may vary in individual circumstances.  Finally, the consequences under applicable state and local income tax 
laws may not be the same as under the federal income tax laws. 

Accounting  Treatment.  The  Corporation  will  generally  recognize  compensation  expense  with  respect  to  the 
granting of stock options and restricted stock awards over the vesting period associated with such awards.  For stock options, 
the compensation expense is based on the grant-date fair value of the option, using an option-pricing model.  For restricted 
stock awards, the amount of compensation expense recognized for accounting purposes is based upon the fair market value 
of the common stock at the date of grant to recipients, rather than the fair market value at the time of vesting for tax purposes, 
unless  the  grants  are  performance  based.    For  performance-based  awards,  compensation  expense  will  be  based  on  the 
probable outcome of the performance condition.  Compensation expense will be recognized over the requisite service period 
if it is probable that the performance condition will be satisfied, with the amount recognized based on the extent to which the 
performance condition has been satisfied. Compensation expense will not be accrued if it is not probable that the performance 
condition  will  be  achieved.  The  granting  of  plan  share  awards  will  have  the  effect  of  increasing  the  Corporation’s 
compensation expense and will be a factor in determining the Corporation’s earnings per share on a fully diluted basis. 

Stockholder Approval.  No Awards will be granted under the Incentive Plan unless the Incentive Plan is approved 
by  shareholders.   Shareholder  ratification  of  the  Incentive  Plan  will  satisfy  listing  requirements  of  the  NASDAQ  Stock 
Market and certain federal tax requirements applicable to incentive stock options. 

The Board of Directors recommends that stockholders vote "FOR" the adoption of the 2021 Stock Incentive 

Plan.  

P-19 

PROXY  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT 
REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The  audit  committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Corporation  has  appointed  BKD,  LLP,  Certified  Public 
Accountants, to perform the audit of the Corporation's consolidated financial statements for the year ending December 31, 
2021, and has further directed that the selection of BKD as the Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm 
be submitted for ratification by the shareholders at the annual meeting. The Corporation has been advised by BKD that neither 
the firm nor any of its associates has any relationship with the Corporation other than the usual relationship that exists between 
independent  public  accountants  and  clients.  BKD  will  have  a  representative  at  the  annual  meeting  who  will  have  an 
opportunity to make a statement, if he or she so desires, and who will be available to respond to appropriate questions. 

Vote Required; Effect 

Unless instructed to the contrary, it is intended that proxies will be voted for the ratification of the selection of BKD, 
as the Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021. Ratification 
of BKD as the Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm will require the affirmative vote of a majority of 
the shares of common stock present in person or by proxy at the annual meeting. 

Recommendation of the Board of Directors 

The Board of Directors recommends that shareholders vote "FOR" the ratification of the appointment by 
the  audit  committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  BKD,  LLP  as  the  Corporation's  independent  registered  public 
accounting firm for the year ending December 31, 2021. 

It is understood that even if the selection of BKD is ratified, the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may direct the 
appointment of a new independent registered public accounting firm at any time during the year if the Board of Directors 
determines that such a change would be in the best interest of the Corporation and its shareholders. 

P-20 

PROXY  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
RELATIONSHIP WITH INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

General 

The  audit  committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  has  appointed  BKD,  LLP,  Certified  Public  Accountants, as  the 
independent registered public accounting firm to audit the Corporation’s financial statements for the year ending December 
31, 2021. In addition to performing customary audit services related to the audit of the Corporation’s financial statements, 
BKD will perform required retirement plan audits. 

The audit committee selects the Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm and separately pre-
approves all audit services to be provided by it to the Corporation. The audit committee also reviews and separately pre-
approves  all  audit-related,  tax  and  all  other  services  rendered  by  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  in 
accordance with the audit committee’s charter and policy on pre-approval of audit-related, tax and other services. In its review 
of these services and related fees and terms, the audit committee considers, among other things, the possible effect of the 
performance of such services on the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm. 

Change in Auditors 

Crowe performed audits of the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 
2020 and 2019. Crowe’s reports did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or 
modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. During the two years ended December 31, 2020, there were 
no  (i)  disagreements  between  the  Corporation  and  Crowe  on  any  matter  of  accounting  principles  or  practices,  financial 
statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to its satisfaction, would have 
caused Crowe to make reference to the subject matter of such disagreements in connection with its report, or (ii) “reportable 
events,”  as  described  in  Item  304(a)(1)(v)  of  Regulation  S-K  promulgated  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission 
pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. During the two years ended December 31, 2020 and through 
the engagement of BKD as the Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm, neither the Corporation nor 
anyone on its behalf had consulted BKD with respect to any accounting or auditing issues involving the Corporation. 

Auditor Fees 

The following table sets forth the aggregate fees paid by us to Crowe for professional services rendered in connection 
with the audit of the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements for 2020 and 2019, as well as the fees paid for audit-
related services, tax services and all other services rendered by Crowe in 2020 and 2019. 

Audit fees (1) 
Audit-related fees (2) 
Tax fees 
Total 

2020 

2019 

159,500    $ 
26,000      
24,763      
210,263    $ 

122,000  
26,000  
48,201  
196,201  

  $

  $

(1) 

(2) 

The audit fees include only fees that are customary under generally accepted auditing standards and are the aggregate 
fees the Corporation incurred for professional services rendered for the audit of the Corporation’s annual financial 
statements for fiscal years 2020 and 2019 and the reviews of the financial statements included in the Corporation’s 
Quarterly Reports on Forms 10-Q for fiscal years 2020 and 2019. 
The audit-related fees include audits of the Corporation’s benefit plans for both years. These audit-related services 
are  assurance  and  related  services  that  are  reasonably  related  to  the  performance  of  the  audit  or  review  of  the 
Corporation’s financial statements. 

P-21 

PROXY  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
  
    
    
  
 
  
 
 
ANNUAL REPORT 

A copy of the Corporation’s Annual Report for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, is being mailed with this 
Proxy Statement and is available over the Internet at www.emclairefinancial.com. Such Annual Report is not to be treated 
as part of the proxy solicitation material or having been incorporated herein by reference.  

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS 

Any shareholder who, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the proxy rules of the SEC, wishes to 
submit a proposal for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy statement for its 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held 
in April 2022 must deliver such proposal in writing to the Secretary of Emclaire Financial Corp at the principal executive 
offices of the Corporation at 612 Main Street, Post Office Box D, Emlenton, Pennsylvania 16373, no later than November 
21, 2021. 

Under the Corporation’s current bylaws, business proposal nominations for directors other than those to be included 
in the Corporation’s proxy materials following the procedures described in Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act, may be made by 
shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting if notice is timely given and if the notice contains the information required by the 
bylaws. Nominations must be received no less than sixty (60) days prior to the annual meeting. 

In the event the Corporation receives notice of a shareholder proposal to take action at next year’s annual meeting 
of shareholders that is not submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy material, or is submitted for inclusion but is 
properly excluded from the proxy material, the persons named in the proxy sent by the Corporation to its shareholders intend 
to exercise their discretion to vote on the shareholder proposal in accordance with their best judgment. 

SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATION WITH THE BOARD 

The Corporation does not have a formal procedure for shareholder communication with its Board of Directors. In 
general, officers are easily accessible by telephone or mail. Any matter intended for the Board, or for any individual member 
or members of the Board, should be directed to the President with a request to forward the same to the intended recipient. In 
the alternative, shareholders can send correspondence to the Board to the attention of the Board Chairman, William C. Marsh, 
or to the attention of the Chairman of the Audit Committee, Milissa S. Bauer, in care of the Corporation at the Corporation’s 
address. All such communications will be forwarded unopened. 

OTHER MATTERS 

The  Board  of  Directors  does  not  know  of  any  matters  to  be  presented  for  consideration  other  than  the  matters 
described in the Notice of Meeting, but if any matters are properly presented, it is the intention of the persons named in the 
accompanying proxy to vote on such matters in accordance with their judgment. 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Upon written request, a copy of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2020 may be obtained, without charge from Jennifer A. Poulsen, Secretary, Emclaire Financial Corp, 612 Main Street, Post 
Office Box D, Emlenton, Pennsylvania 16373. In addition, the Corporation files reports with the SEC. Free copies can be 
obtained from the SEC website at www.sec.gov or on the Corporation’s website at www.emclairefinancial.com. 

P-22 

PROXY  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
EMCLAIRE FINANCIAL CORP 
2021 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN 

ARTICLE I 
ESTABLISHMENT OF THE PLAN 

APPENDIX A 

Emclaire Financial Corp (the “Corporation”) hereby establishes this 2021 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) upon 

the terms and conditions hereinafter stated. 

ARTICLE II 
PURPOSE OF THE PLAN 

The purpose of this Plan is to improve the growth and profitability of the Corporation and its Subsidiary Companies 
by  providing  Employees  and  Non-Employee  Directors  with  a  proprietary  interest  in  the  Corporation  as  an  incentive  to 
contribute  to  the  success  of  the  Corporation  and  its  Subsidiary  Companies,  and  rewarding  Employees  for  outstanding 
performance and the attainment of targeted goals.  All Incentive Stock Options issued under this Plan are intended to comply 
with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and all provisions hereunder shall be read, 
interpreted and applied with that purpose in mind. 

ARTICLE III 
DEFINITIONS 

3.01     “Award” means an Option or Share Award granted pursuant to the terms of this Plan. 

3.02     “Bank” means The Farmers National Bank of Emlenton, the wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation. 

3.03     “Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated by a Recipient or Optionee to receive any benefits 
payable under the Plan in the event of such Recipient’s death.  Such person or persons shall be designated in writing on forms 
provided  for  this  purpose  by  the  Committee  and  may  be  changed  from  time  to  time  by  similar  written  notice  to  the 
Committee.  In the absence of a written designation, the Beneficiary shall be the Recipient’s surviving spouse, if any, or if 
none, his estate. 

3.04     “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation. 

3.05     “Change in Control” shall mean a change in the ownership of the Corporation or the Bank, a change in the 
effective control of the Corporation or the Bank or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the 
Corporation or the Bank, in each case as provided under Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder. 

3.06     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

3.07     “Committee” means a committee of two or more directors appointed by the Board pursuant to Article IV 

hereof. 

3.08     “Common Stock” means shares of the common stock, $1.25 par value per share, of the Corporation. 

3.09     “Disability” means in the case of any Optionee or Recipient that the Optionee or Recipient: (i) is unable to 
engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can 
be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by 
reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be 
expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of 
not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Corporation or the Bank (or would 
have received such benefits for at least three months if he had been eligible to participate in such plan). 

3.10     “Effective Date” means the day upon which the Board approves this Plan. 

3.11      “Employee” means  any person who  is  employed by  the  Corporation  or  a  Subsidiary  Company,  or  is  an 
Officer of the Corporation or a Subsidiary Company, but not including directors who are not also Officers of or otherwise 
employed by the Corporation or a Subsidiary Company. 

P-23 

PROXY  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
3.12     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

3.13     “Exercise Price” means the price at which a share of Common Stock may be purchased by an Optionee 

pursuant to an Option. 

3.14     “Fair Market Value” shall be equal to the fair market value per share of the Corporation’s Common Stock 
on the date an Award is granted.  For purposes hereof, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing 
sale price of a share of Common Stock on the date in question (or, if such day is not a trading day in the U.S. markets, on the 
nearest preceding trading day), as reported with respect to the principal market (or the composite of the markets, if more than 
one) or national quotation system in which such shares are then traded, or if no such closing prices are reported, the mean 
between  the  high  bid  and  low  asked  prices  that  day  on  the  principal  market  or  national  quotation  system  then  in 
use.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Common Stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market for 
purposes of Section 409A of the Code, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by means of a reasonable valuation 
method that takes into consideration all available information material to the value of the Corporation and that otherwise 
satisfies the requirements applicable under Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder. 

3.15     “Incentive Stock Option” means any Option granted under this Plan which the Board intends (at the time it 

is granted) to be an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code or any successor thereto. 

3.16     “Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board of the Corporation or Board of Directors of the 
Bank, including an advisory director or a director emeritus of the Board of the Corporation and/or the Bank, who is not an 
Officer or Employee of the Corporation or any Subsidiary Company. 

3.17     “Non-Qualified Option” means any Option granted under this Plan which is not an Incentive Stock Option. 

3.18      “Officer”  means  an  Employee  whose  position  in  the  Corporation  or  Subsidiary  Company  is  that  of  a 

corporate officer, as determined by the Board. 

3.19     “Option” means a right granted under this Plan to purchase Common Stock and includes both Incentive 

Stock Options and Non-Qualified Options.. 

3.20     “Optionee” means an Employee or Non-Employee Director or former Employee or Non-Employee Director 

to whom an Option is granted under the Plan. 

3.21     “Performance Share Award” means a Share Award granted to a Recipient pursuant to Section 9.06 of the 

Plan. 

3.22     “Performance Goal” means an objective for the Corporation or any Subsidiary Company or any unit thereof 
or any Employee of the foregoing that may be established by the Committee for a Performance Share Award to become 
vested, earned or exercisable.  The Performance Goals shall be based on one or more of the following criteria: 

(i)         net income, as adjusted for non-recurring items; 
(ii)        cash earnings; 
(iii)       earnings per share; 
(iv)       cash earnings per share; 
(v)        return on average equity; 
(vi)       return on average common equity; 
(vii)      return on average assets; 
(viii)     assets; 
(ix)       stock price; 
(x)        total stockholder return; 
(xi)       capital; 
(xii)      net interest income; 
(xiii)     market share; 
(xiv)     cost control or efficiency ratio; 
(xv)      asset growth; 
(xvi)     asset quality; 
(xvii)    deposit growth; and 
(xviii)   loan production. 

P-24 

PROXY   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
3.23     “Recipient” means an Employee who receives a Share Award or Performance Share Award under the 

Plan. 

3.24    “Retirement” means: 

           (a)        A termination of employment which constitutes a “retirement” at the “normal retirement age” or 
later under any tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan maintained by the Corporation or a Subsidiary Company as may 
be designated by the Board or the Committee, or, if no such plan is applicable, which would constitute “retirement” under  the 
Corporation’s 401(k) plan if such individual were a participant in that plan; provided, however, that the provisions of this 
subsection (a) will not apply as long as an Optionee continues to serve as a Non-Employee Director, including service as an 
Advisory Director. 

(b)        With respect to Non-Employee Directors, retirement means retirement from service on the Board 
of Directors of the Corporation or a Subsidiary Company or any successors thereto (including retirement from service as an 
Advisory Director to the Corporation or any Subsidiary Company) after reaching normal retirement age as established by 
the Corporation. 

3.25     “Share Award” means a right granted under this Plan to receive a distribution of shares of Common Stock 

upon completion of the service and other requirements described in Article IX and includes Performance Share Awards. 

3.26     “Subsidiary Companies” means those subsidiaries of the Corporation, including the Bank, which meet the 
definition of "subsidiary corporations" set forth in Section 425(f) of the Code, at the time of granting of the Award in question. 

ARTICLE IV 
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN 

4.01     Duties of the Committee.  The Plan shall be administered and interpreted by the Committee, as appointed 
from time to time by the Board pursuant to Section 4.02.  The Committee shall have the authority to adopt, amend and rescind 
such rules, regulations and procedures as, in its opinion, may be advisable in the administration of the Plan, including, without 
limitation, rules, regulations and procedures which (i) deal with satisfaction of an Optionee’s tax withholding obligation 
pursuant to Section 13.02 hereof, (ii) include arrangements to facilitate the Optionee’s ability to borrow funds for payment 
of  the  exercise  or  purchase  price  of  an  Award,  if  applicable,  from  securities  brokers  and  dealers,  and  (iii)  include 
arrangements which provide for the payment of some or all of such exercise or purchase price by delivery of previously-
owned shares of Common Stock or other property and/or by withholding some of the shares of Common Stock which are 
being acquired.  The interpretation and construction by the Committee of any provisions of the Plan, any rule, regulation or 
procedure adopted by it pursuant thereto or of any Award shall be final and binding in the absence of action by the Board. 

4.02     Appointment and Operation of the Committee The members of the Committee shall be appointed by, 
and will serve at the pleasure of, the Board.  The Board from time to time may remove members from, or add members to, 
the Committee, provided the Committee shall continue to consist of two or more members of the Board, each of whom shall 
be a Non-Employee Director, as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3)(i) of the Exchange Act or any successor thereto.  In addition, 
each  member  of  the  Committee  shall  be  an  “independent  director”  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rule  5605(a)(2)  of  the 
Marketplace Rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market or any successor thereto.  The Committee shall act by vote or written consent 
of a majority of its members.  Subject to the express provisions and limitations of the Plan, the Committee may adopt such 
rules, regulations and procedures as it deems appropriate for the conduct of its affairs.  It may appoint one of its members to 
be chairman and any person, whether or not a member, to be its secretary or agent.  The Committee shall report its actions 
and decisions to the Board at appropriate times but in no event less than one time per calendar year. 

4.03      Revocation  for  Misconduct.   The  Board  or  the  Committee  may  by  resolution  immediately  revoke, 
rescind and terminate any Award, or portion thereof, to the extent not yet vested or exercised, previously granted or awarded 
under this Plan to an Employee who is discharged from the employ of the Corporation or a Subsidiary Company for cause, 
which, for purposes hereof, shall mean termination because of the Employee’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful 
misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation 
of  any  law,  rule,  or  regulation  (other  than  traffic  violations  or  similar  offenses)  or  final  cease-and-desist  order.   Awards 
granted to a Non-Employee Director who is removed for cause pursuant to the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and 
Bylaws or the Bank’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws shall terminate as of the effective date of such removal. 

P-25 

PROXY   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
4.04     Limitation on Liability.  Neither the members of the Board nor any member of the Committee shall be 
liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan, any rule, regulation or procedure adopted 
by it pursuant thereto or any Awards granted under it.  If a member of the Board or the Committee is a party or is threatened 
to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative 
or  investigative,  by  reason  of  anything  done  or  not  done  by  him  in  such  capacity  under  or  with  respect  to  the  Plan,  the 
Corporation  shall,  subject  to  the  requirements  of  applicable  laws  and  regulations,  indemnify  such  member  against  all 
liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably 
incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably 
believed to be in the best interests of the Corporation and its Subsidiary Companies and, with respect to any criminal action 
or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. 

4.05     Compliance with Laws and Regulations.  All Awards granted hereunder shall be subject to all applicable 
federal  and  state  laws,  rules  and  regulations  and  to  such  approvals  by  any  government  or  regulatory  agency  as  may  be 
required.  The Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares of Common Stock prior to the 
completion of any registration or qualification of or obtaining of consents or approvals with respect to such shares under any 
federal or state law or any rule or regulation of any government body, which the Corporation shall, in its sole discretion, 
determine  to  be  necessary  or  advisable.   Moreover,  no  Option  may  be  exercised  if  such  exercise  would  be  contrary  to 
applicable laws and regulations. 

4.06     Restrictions on Transfer.  The Corporation may place a legend upon any certificate representing shares 
acquired pursuant to an Award granted hereunder noting that the transfer of such shares may be restricted by applicable laws 
and regulations. 

4.07     No Deferral of Compensation Under Section 409A of the Code.  All Awards granted under the Plan 
are designed to not constitute a deferral of compensation for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.  Notwithstanding any 
other provision in this Plan to the contrary, all of the terms and conditions of any Options granted under this Plan shall be 
designed to satisfy the exemption for stock options set forth in the regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code.  Both 
this Plan and the terms of all Options granted hereunder shall be interpreted in a manner that requires compliance with all of 
the requirements of the exemption for stock options set forth in the regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code.  No 
Optionee shall be permitted to defer the recognition of income beyond the exercise date of a Non-Qualified Option or beyond 
the date that the Common Stock received upon the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option is sold.  No Recipient shall be 
permitted to defer the recognition of income beyond the date a Share Award shall be deemed earned pursuant to Article IX 
of this Plan. 

ARTICLE V 
ELIGIBILITY 

Awards may be granted to such Employees and Non-Employee Directors of the Corporation and its Subsidiary 
Companies as may be designated from time to time by the Board or the Committee.  Awards may not be granted to individuals 
who are not Employees or Non-Employee Directors of either the Corporation or its Subsidiary Companies.  Non-Employee 
Directors shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. 

ARTICLE VI 
COMMON STOCK COVERED BY THE PLAN 

6.01     Number of Shares.  The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued pursuant to 
this Plan, subject to adjustment as provided in Article X, shall be 204,091.  None of such shares shall be the subject of more 
than one Award at any time, but if an Option or Share Award as to any shares is surrendered before exercise or vesting or 
expires or terminates for any reason without having been exercised or vesting in full, the number of shares covered thereby 
shall again become available for grant under the Plan as if no Awards had been previously granted with respect to such 
shares. Other than the above-referenced maximum of 204,091 shares (as such amount may be adjusted pursuant to Article 
X) that may be issued pursuant to this Plan, there is no limit on the number of shares that may be covered by Incentive Stock 
Options, Non-Qualified Options or Share Awards. 

6.02     Source of Shares.  The shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan may be authorized but unissued 
shares, treasury shares or shares purchased by the Corporation on the open market or from private sources for use under the 
Plan. 

P-26 

PROXY  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ARTICLE VII 
DETERMINATION OF 
AWARDS, NUMBER OF SHARES, ETC. 

7.01     Determination of Awards.  The Board or the Committee shall, in its discretion, determine from time to 
time  which  Employees  and  Non-Employee  Directors  will  be  granted  Awards  under  the  Plan,  the  number  of  shares  of 
Common Stock subject to each Award, whether each Option will be an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock 
Option and the Exercise Price of an Option, the vesting requirements and the features of an Award and whether a Share 
Award will be a Performance Share Award.  In making all such determinations there shall be taken into account the duties, 
responsibilities and performance of each Optionee, his present and potential contributions to the growth and success of the 
Corporation, his salary and such other factors deemed relevant to accomplishing the purposes of the Plan. 

ARTICLE VIII 
OPTIONS 

Each Option granted hereunder shall be on the following terms and conditions: 

8.01     Stock Option Agreement.  The proper Officers on behalf of the Corporation and each Optionee shall 
execute a Stock Option Agreement which shall set forth the total number of shares of Common Stock to which it pertains, 
the exercise price, whether it is a Non-Qualified Option or an Incentive Stock Option, and such other terms, conditions, 
restrictions and privileges as the Board or the Committee in each instance shall deem appropriate, provided they are not 
inconsistent with the terms, conditions and provisions of this Plan.  Each Optionee shall receive a copy of his executed Stock 
Option Agreement.  Any Option granted with the intention that it will be an Incentive Stock Option but which fails to satisfy 
a requirement for Incentive Stock Options shall continue to be valid and shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Option. 

8.02     Option Exercise Price. 

(a)         Incentive  Stock  Options.   The  per  share  price  at  which  the  subject  Common  Stock  may  be 
purchased upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market 
Value of a share of Common Stock at the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted, except as provided in Section 8.09(b). 

(b)         Non-Qualified  Options.   The  per  share  price  at  which  the  subject  Common  Stock  may  be 
purchased upon exercise of a Non-Qualified Option shall be established by the Committee at the time of grant, but in no 
event shall be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at the time such 
Non-Qualified Option is granted. 

8.03     Vesting and Exercise of Options. 

(a)        General Rules.  Incentive Stock Options and Non-Qualified Options shall become vested and 
exercisable  at  the  rate,  to  the  extent  and  subject  to  such  limitations  as  may  be  specified  by  the  Board  or  the 
Committee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Section 8.03(b) hereof, no vesting shall occur on or after 
an Optionee’s employment or service as a Non-Employee Director with the Corporation and all Subsidiary Companies is 
terminated for any reason other than his death, Disability, Retirement or a Change in Control.  In determining the number of 
shares of Common Stock with respect to which Options are vested and/or exercisable, fractional shares will be rounded up 
to the nearest whole number if the fraction is 0.5 or higher, and down if it is less. 

(b)        Accelerated Vesting.  Unless the Committee or Board shall specifically state otherwise at the 
time an Option is granted, all Options granted under this Plan shall become vested and exercisable in full on the date an 
Optionee terminates his employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary Company or service as a Non-Employee Director 
because of his death, Disability or Retirement.  In addition, all outstanding Options shall become immediately vested and 
exercisable in full as of the effective date of a Change in Control. 

8.04     Duration of Options. 

(a)        Employee Grants.  Except as provided in Sections 8.04(c) and 8.09, each Option or portion 
thereof granted to an Employee shall be exercisable at any time on or after it vests and remain exercisable until the earlier of 
(i) ten (10) years after its date of grant or (ii) six (6) months after the date on which the Employee ceases to be employed by 
Corporation and all Subsidiary Companies, or any successor thereto, unless the Board or the Committee in its discretion 
decides at the time of grant to extend such six-month period in clause (ii) to a period not exceeding five (5) years. 

P-27 

PROXY  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(b)        Non-Employee Director Grants.  Except as provided in Section 8.04(c), each Option or portion 
thereof granted to a Non-Employee Director shall be exercisable at any time on or after it vests and becomes exercisable 
until the earlier of (i) ten (10) years after its date of grant or (ii) three (3) years after the date on which the Optionee ceases 
to serve as a Non-Employee Director, unless the Board or the Committee in its discretion decides at the time of grant to 
extend such three-year period in clause (ii) to a period not exceeding five (5) years. 

(c)        Exceptions.  Unless the Board or the Committee shall specifically state otherwise at the time an 
Option is granted, if an Employee terminates his employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary Company as a result of 
Disability  or  Retirement  without  having  fully  exercised  his  Options,  the  Employee  shall  have  the  right  to  exercise  such 
Options following his termination due to Disability or Retirement until the later of (i) the expiration of the exercise period 
following a termination of employment for reasons other than Disability or Retirement preceding a Change in Control or (ii) 
five (5) years following the date of termination of employment due to Disability or Retirement, in each case subject to the 
last sentence of this Section 8.04(c). 

Unless  the  Board  or  the  Committee  shall  specifically  state  otherwise  at  the  time  an  Option  is  granted,  if  an 
Employee or Non-Employee Director terminates his employment or service with the Corporation or a Subsidiary Company 
following a Change in Control without having fully exercised his Options, the Optionee shall have the right to exercise such 
Options during the remainder of the original ten (10) year term (or five (5) year term for Options subject to Section 8.09(b) 
hereof) of the Option from the date of grant. 

If an Optionee dies while in the employ or service of the Corporation or a Subsidiary Company or terminates 
employment or service with the Corporation or a Subsidiary Company as a result of Disability or Retirement and dies without 
having fully exercised his Options, the executors, administrators, legatees or distributees of his estate shall have the right, 
during the two (2) year period following his death, to exercise such Options. 

In no event, however, shall any Option be exercisable more than ten (10) years (five (5) years for Options subject 

to Section 8.09(b) hereof) from the date it was granted. 

8.05     Nonassignability.  Options shall not be transferable by an Optionee except by will or the laws of descent 
or distribution, and during an Optionee’s lifetime shall be exercisable only by such Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or 
legal  representative.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  or  any  other  provision  of  this  Plan,  an  Optionee  who  holds  Non-
Qualified  Options  may  transfer  such  Options  to  his  or  her  spouse,  lineal  ascendants,  lineal  descendants,  or  to  a  duly 
established trust for the benefit of one or more of these individuals.  Options so transferred may thereafter be transferred only 
to the Optionee who originally received the grant or to an individual or trust  to whom the Optionee could have initially 
transferred the Option pursuant to this Section 8.05.  Options which are transferred pursuant to this Section 8.05 shall be 
exercisable by the transferee according to the same terms and conditions as applied to the Optionee. 

8.06      Manner  of  Exercise.   Options  may  be  exercised  in  part  or  in  whole  and  at  one  time  or  from  time  to 
time.  The procedures for exercise shall be set forth in the written Stock Option Agreement provided for in Section 8.01 
above. 

8.07      Payment  for  Shares.   Payment  in  full  of  the  purchase  price  for  shares  of  Common  Stock  purchased 
pursuant to the exercise of any Option shall be made to the Corporation upon exercise of the Option.  All shares sold under 
the Plan shall be fully paid and nonassessable.  Payment for shares may be made by the Optionee (i) in cash or by check, (ii) 
by delivery of a properly executed exercise notice, together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell the shares and 
then to properly deliver to the Corporation the amount of sale proceeds to pay the exercise price, all in accordance with 
applicable laws, regulations and accounting standards, (iii) at the discretion of the Board or the Committee, by delivering 
shares of Common Stock (including shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option) equal in Fair Market Value to the 
purchase price of the shares to be acquired pursuant to the Option, (iv) at the discretion of the Board or the Committee, by 
withholding  some  of  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  which  are  being  purchased  upon  exercise  of  an  Option,  or  (v)  any 
combination  of  the  foregoing.   With  respect  to  subclause  (iii)  hereof,  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  delivered  to  pay  the 
purchase price must have either been (x) purchased in open market transactions or (y) issued by the Corporation pursuant to 
a plan thereof, in each case more than six months prior to the exercise date of the Option. 

8.08     Voting and Dividend Rights.  No Optionee shall have any voting or dividend rights or other rights of a 
stockholder in respect of any shares of Common Stock covered by an Option prior to the time that his name is recorded on 
the Corporation’s stockholder ledger as the holder of record of such shares acquired pursuant to an exercise of an Option. 

P-28 

PROXY  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
8.09      Additional  Terms  Applicable  to  Incentive  Stock  Options.   All  Options  issued  under  the  Plan  as 
Incentive Stock Options will be subject, in addition to the terms detailed in Sections 8.01 to 8.08 above, to those contained 
in this Section 8.09. 

(a)        Amount Limitations. Notwithstanding any contrary provisions contained elsewhere in this Plan 
and as long as required by Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the time an Incentive 
Stock Option is granted, of the Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first 
time by the Optionee during any calendar year under this Plan, and stock options that satisfy the requirements of Section 422 
of the Code under any other stock option plan or plans maintained by the Corporation (or any parent or Subsidiary Company), 
shall not exceed $100,000. 

(b)        Limitation on Ten Percent Stockholders.  The price at which shares of Common Stock may 
be purchased upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an individual who, at the time such Incentive Stock 
Option is granted, owns, directly or indirectly, more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes 
of stock issued to stockholders of the Corporation or any Subsidiary Company, shall be no less than one hundred and ten 
percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of the Common Stock of the Corporation at the time of grant, and such 
Incentive Stock Option shall by its terms not be exercisable after the earlier of the date determined under Section 8.04 or the 
expiration of five (5) years from the date such Incentive Stock Option is granted. 

(c)         Notice  of  Disposition;  Withholding;  Escrow.   An  Optionee  shall  immediately  notify  the 
Corporation in writing of any sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition (or action constituting a disqualifying disposition 
within the meaning of Section 421 of the Code) of any shares of Common Stock acquired through exercise of an Incentive 
Stock Option, within two (2) years after the grant of such Incentive Stock Option or within one (1) year after the acquisition 
of such shares, setting forth the date and manner of disposition, the number of shares disposed of and the price at which such 
shares were disposed of.  The Corporation shall be entitled to withhold from any compensation or other payments then or 
thereafter due to the Optionee such amounts as may be necessary to satisfy any withholding requirements of federal or state 
law  or  regulation  and,  further,  to  collect  from  the  Optionee  any  additional  amounts  which  may  be  required  for  such 
purpose.  The Committee may, in its discretion, require shares of Common Stock acquired by an Optionee upon exercise of 
an Incentive Stock Option to be held in an escrow arrangement for the purpose of enabling compliance with the provisions 
of this Section 8.09(c). 

ARTICLE IX 
SHARE AWARDS 

9.01     Share Award Notice.  As promptly as practicable after the granting of a Share Award pursuant to the 
terms hereof, the Board or the Committee shall notify the Recipient in writing of the grant of the Share Award, the number 
of shares covered by the Share Award, whether the Share Award is a Performance Share Award and the terms upon which 
the shares subject to the Share Award shall be distributed to the Recipient.  The Board or the Committee shall maintain 
records as to all grants of Share Awards and Performance Share Awards under the Plan. 

9.02     Earning Plan Shares; Forfeitures. 

(a)        General Rules.  Subject to the terms hereof, Share Awards granted hereunder shall be earned at 
the rate and to the extent as may be specified by the Committee at the date of grant thereof.  If the employment of an Employee 
or service as a Non-Employee Director is terminated before the Share Award has been completely earned for any reason 
(except as specifically provided in subsections (b) and (c) below), the Recipient shall forfeit the right to any shares subject 
to the Share Award which have not theretofore been earned.  In the event of a forfeiture of the right to any shares subject to 
a Share Award, such forfeited shares shall become available for grant pursuant to this Plan as if no Share Award had been 
previously granted with respect to such shares.  No fractional shares shall be distributed pursuant to this Plan. 

(b)         Exception  for  Termination  Due  to  Death  or  Disability.   Notwithstanding  the  general  rule 
contained in Section 9.02(a), all shares subject to a Share Award held by a Recipient whose employment with the Corporation 
or any Subsidiary Company terminates due to death or Disability shall be deemed fully earned as of the Recipient’s last day 
of employment with the Corporation or any Subsidiary Company and shall be distributed as soon as practicable thereafter. 

(c)        Exception for a Change in Control.  Notwithstanding the general rule contained in Section 
9.02(a), all shares subject to a Share Award held by a Recipient shall be deemed to be fully earned as of the effective date of 
a Change in Control. 

P-29 

PROXY  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
9.03     Dividends and Voting.  A Recipient shall not be entitled to receive any cash dividends declared on the 
Common Stock with respect to any unvested Share Award.  A Recipient shall not be entitled to any voting rights with respect 
to any unvested Share Award which has not yet been earned and distributed to him or her pursuant to Section 9.04. 

9.04     Distribution of Plan Shares. 

(a)         Timing  of  Distributions:   General  Rule.   Subject  to  the  provisions  of  Section  9.06  hereof, 
shares shall be distributed to the Recipient or his Beneficiary, as the case may be, as soon as practicable after they have been 
earned. 

share of Common Stock shall be given for each share earned and distributable. 

(b)         Form of  Distributions.   All  shares  shall be distributed  in  the  form of  Common  Stock.   One 

(c)        Restrictions on Selling of Plan Shares.  Share Awards may not be sold, assigned, pledged or 
otherwise  disposed  of  prior  to  the  time  that  they  are  earned  and  distributed  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  this  Plan.   Upon 
distribution, the Board or the Committee may require the Recipient or his Beneficiary, as the case may be, to agree not to 
sell or otherwise dispose of his distributed shares except in accordance with all then applicable federal and state securities 
laws, and the Board or the Committee may cause a legend to be placed on the stock certificate(s) representing the distributed 
shares in order to restrict the transfer of the distributed shares for such period of time or under such circumstances as the 
Board or the Committee, upon the advice of counsel, may deem appropriate. 

9.05     Rights of Recipients.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Participant who receives a Share 
Award payable in Common Stock shall have no rights as a stockholder until the Common Stock is issued pursuant to the 
terms of the Award Agreement. 

9.06     Performance Awards 

(a)         Designation  of  Performance  Share  Awards.   The  Committee  may  determine  to  make  any 
Share Award a Performance Share Award by making such Share Award contingent upon the achievement of a Performance 
Goal or any combination of Performance Goals.  Each Performance Share Award shall be evidenced by a written agreement 
(“Award  Agreement”),  which  shall  set  forth  the  Performance  Goals  applicable  to  the  Performance  Share  Award,  the 
maximum amounts payable and such other terms and conditions as are applicable to the Performance Share Award. 

(b)        Timing of Grants.  Any Performance Share Award shall be made not later than 90 days after 
the start of the period for which the Performance Share Award relates and shall be made prior to the completion of 25% of 
such period.  All determinations regarding the achievement of any Performance Goals will be made by the Committee. The 
Committee may not increase during a year the amount of a Performance Share Award that would otherwise be payable upon 
achievement of the Performance Goals but may reduce or eliminate the payments as provided for in the Award Agreement. 

(c)        Restrictions on Grants.  Nothing contained in the Plan will be deemed in any way to limit or 
restrict  the  Committee  from  making  any  Award  or  payment  to  any  person  under  any  other  plan,  arrangement  or 
understanding, whether now existing or hereafter in effect. 

(d)        Distribution.  No Performance Share Award or portion thereof that is subject to the attainment 
or  satisfaction  of  a  condition  of  a  Performance  Goal  shall  be  distributed  or  considered  to  be  earned  or  vested  until  the 
Committee certifies in writing that the conditions or Performance Goal to which the distribution, earning or vesting of such 
Award is subject have been achieved. 

9.07      Nontransferable.  Share  Awards  and  Performance  Share  Awards  and  rights  to  shares  shall  not  be 
transferable by a Recipient, and during the lifetime of the Recipient, shares which are the subject of Share Awards may only 
be earned by and paid to a Recipient who was notified in writing of a Share Award by the Committee pursuant to Section 
9.01.  No Recipient or Beneficiary shall have any right in or claim to any assets of the Plan nor shall the Corporation or any 
Subsidiary Company be subject to any claim for benefits hereunder. 

P-30 

PROXY  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ARTICLE X 
ADJUSTMENTS FOR CAPITAL CHANGES 

10.01   General Adjustments.  The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under 
this Plan, the number of shares to which any outstanding Award relates, any maximum number of shares that can be covered 
by Awards to each Employee, each Non-Employee Director and all Non-Employee Directors as a group, and the exercise 
price per share of Common Stock under any outstanding Option shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease 
in the total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock issued subsequent to the effective date of this Plan resulting 
from a split, subdivision or consolidation of shares or any other capital adjustment, the payment of a stock dividend, or other 
increase or decrease in such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Corporation. 

             10.02    Adjustments  for  Mergers  and  Other  Corporate  Transactions.   If,  upon  a  merger,  consolidation, 
reorganization, liquidation, recapitalization or the like of the Corporation, the shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock 
shall be exchanged for other securities of the Corporation or of another corporation, each Award shall be converted, subject 
to the conditions herein stated, into the right to purchase or acquire such number of shares of Common Stock or amount of 
other securities of the Corporation or such other corporation as were exchangeable for the number of shares of Common 
Stock of the Corporation which such Optionees or Recipients would have been entitled to purchase or acquire except for 
such action, and appropriate adjustments shall be made to the per share exercise price of outstanding Options, provided that 
in each case the number of shares or other securities subject to the substituted or assumed stock options and the exercise 
price  thereof  shall  be  determined  in  a  manner  that  satisfies  the  requirements  of  Treasury  Regulation  §1.424-1  and  the 
regulations  issued  under  Section  409A  of  the  Code  so  that  the  substituted  or  assumed  option  is  not  deemed  to  be  a 
modification  of  the  outstanding  Options.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  to  the  contrary  herein,  the  term  of  any  Option 
granted hereunder and the property which the Optionee shall receive upon the exercise or termination thereof shall be subject 
to and be governed by the provisions regarding the treatment of any such Option set forth in a definitive agreement with 
respect to any of the aforementioned transactions entered into by the Corporation to the extent any such Option remains 
outstanding and unexercised upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by such definitive agreement. 

ARTICLE XI 
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN 

The Board may, by resolution, at any time terminate or amend the Plan with respect to any shares of Common 
Stock as to which Awards have not been granted, subject to any required stockholder approval or any stockholder approval 
which the Board may deem to be advisable for any reason, such as for the purpose of obtaining or retaining any statutory or 
regulatory benefits under tax, securities or other laws or satisfying any applicable stock exchange listing requirements.  The 
Board may not, without the consent of the holder of an Award, alter or impair any Award previously granted or awarded 
under this Plan except as specifically authorized herein. 

ARTICLE XII 
EMPLOYMENT AND SERVICE RIGHTS 

Neither the Plan nor the grant of any Awards hereunder nor any action taken by the Committee or the Board in 
connection with the Plan shall create any right on the part of any Employee or Non-Employee Director to continue in such 
capacity. 

ARTICLE XIII 
WITHHOLDING 

13.01 Tax Withholding.  The Corporation may withhold from any cash payment made under this Plan sufficient 
amounts to cover any applicable withholding and employment taxes, and if the amount of such cash payment is insufficient, 
the Corporation may require the Optionee or Recipient to pay to the Corporation the amount required to be withheld as a 
condition to delivering the shares acquired pursuant to an Award.  The Corporation also may withhold or collect amounts 
with respect to a disqualifying disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to exercise of an Incentive Stock 
Option, as provided in Section 8.09(c). 

13.02   Methods of Tax Withholding.  The Board or the Committee is authorized to adopt rules, regulations or 
procedures which provide for the satisfaction of an Optionee’s or Recipient’s tax withholding obligation by the retention of 
shares of Common Stock to which the Optionee or Recipient would otherwise be entitled pursuant to an Award and/or by 
the Optionee’s delivery of previously-owned shares of Common Stock or other property. 

P-31 

PROXY  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ARTICLE XIV 
EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN; TERM 

14.01   Effective Date of the Plan.  This Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date, and Awards may be 
granted hereunder no earlier than the date that this Plan is approved by stockholders of the Corporation and no later than the 
termination of the Plan, provided this Plan is approved by stockholders of the Corporation pursuant to Article XV hereof.  

14.02   Term of the Plan.  Unless sooner terminated, this Plan shall remain in effect for a period of ten (10) years 
ending on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.  Termination of the Plan shall not affect any Awards previously granted 
and such Awards shall remain valid and in effect until they have been fully exercised or earned, are surrendered or by their 
terms expire or are forfeited. 

ARTICLE XV 
STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL 

The  Corporation  shall  submit  this  Plan  to  stockholders  for  approval  at  a  meeting  of  stockholders  of  the 
Corporation held within twelve (12) months following the Effective Date in order to meet the requirements of (i) Section 
422 of the Code and regulations thereunder, and (ii) the Nasdaq Stock Market for listing of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq 
Stock Market. 

ARTICLE XVI 
MISCELLANEOUS 

16.01   Governing Law.  To the extent not governed by federal law, this Plan shall be construed under the laws 

of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. 

16.02   Pronouns.  Wherever appropriate, the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine pronoun, and the 

singular shall include the plural. 

P-32 

PROXY  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
This page intentionally left blank

PROXYUNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One): 
☒ 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

☐ 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2020 

For the transition period from: ___________ to ___________ 

Commission File Number: 000-18464 

EMCLAIRE FINANCIAL CORP 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Pennsylvania 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

25-1606091 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

612 Main Street, Emlenton, PA 
(Address of principal executive office) 

Registrant’s telephone number: (844) 767-2311 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

16373 
(Zip Code) 

Common Stock, par value $1.25 per share 
(Title of Class) 

EMCF 
(Trading Symbol) 

NASDAQ Capital Market (NASDAQ) 
(Name of exchange on which registered) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:         None. 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ☐ NO ☒. 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES ☐ NO ☒. 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has 
been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES ☒NO ☐ . 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive 
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 month (or for such shorter 
period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES ☒ NO ☐. 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 
contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this 
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☒ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting 
company or an emerging growth company (do not check if a smaller reporting company). 

Large accelerated filer  ☐  Accelerated filer  ☐   Non-accelerated filer  ☐   Smaller reporting company ☒   Emerging growth company ☐ 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying 
with any new or revised accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). YES ☐  NO ☒. 
As of June 30, 2020, the aggregate value of the 2,208,502 shares of Common Stock of the Registrant issued and outstanding on such date, 
which excludes 500,210 shares held by the directors and officers of the Registrant as a group, was approximately $44.2 million. This figure 
is based on the last sales price of $20.01 per share of the Registrant’s Common Stock on June 30, 2020. The number of outstanding shares 
of common stock as of March 19, 2021, was 2,721,212. 

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

K-1 

FORM 10-K 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
EMCLAIRE FINANCIAL CORP 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

Item 1. 

Business 

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors 

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 2. 

Properties 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings 

Item 4. 

Mine Safety Disclosures 

K-3

K-18

K-18

K-18

K-18

K-18

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

K-19

PART II  

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B. 

Other Information 

Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation 

PART III  

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Item 14. 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

PART IV 

Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

SIGNATURES AND CERTIFICATIONS  

K-19

K-19

K-29

K-29

K-29

K-29

K-29

K-30

K-30

K-30

K-30

K-30

K-30

K-32

K-2 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
Discussions of certain matters in this Form 10-K and other related year end documents may constitute forward-looking statements within 
the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended 
(the Exchange Act), and as such, may involve risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements, which are based on certain assumptions 
and describe future plans, strategies, and expectations, are generally identifiable by the use of words or phrases such as “believe”, “plan”, 
“expect”,  “intend”,  “anticipate”,  “estimate”,  “project”,  “forecast”,  “may  increase”,  “may  fluctuate”,  “may  improve”  and  similar 
expressions of future or conditional verbs such as “will”, “should”, “would”, and “could”. These forward-looking statements relate to, 
among  other  things,  expectations  of  the  business  environment  in  which  Emclaire  Financial  Corp  operates,  projections  of  future 
performance, potential future credit experience, perceived opportunities in the market and statements regarding the Corporation’s mission 
and  vision.  The Corporation’s  actual  results,  performance  and achievements  may  differ  materially  from  the  results,  performance,  and 
achievements expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements due to a wide range of factors. These factors include, but are not 
limited to, changes in interest rates, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Corporation or the U.S. economy, general economic 
conditions, the local economy, the demand for the Corporation’s products and services, accounting principles or guidelines, legislative 
and regulatory changes, monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, U.S. Treasury, and Federal Reserve, real estate markets, 
competition in the financial services industry, attracting and retaining key personnel, performance of new employees, regulatory actions, 
changes in and utilization of new technologies and other risks detailed in the Corporation’s reports filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission (SEC) from time to time. These factors should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements, and undue reliance 
should not be placed on such statements. The Corporation does not undertake, and specifically disclaims any obligation, to update any 
forward-looking statements to reflect occurrences or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements. 

PART I 

Item 1. Business 

General 

Emclaire Financial Corp (the Corporation) is a Pennsylvania corporation and financial holding company that provides a full range of retail 
and commercial financial products and services to customers in western Pennsylvania and northwestern West Virginia through its wholly 
owned subsidiary bank, The Farmers National Bank of Emlenton (the Bank). 

The Bank was organized in 1900 as a national banking association and is a financial intermediary whose principal business consists of 
attracting deposits from the general public and investing such funds in real estate loans secured by liens on residential and commercial 
properties, consumer loans, commercial business loans, marketable securities and interest-earning deposits. The Bank currently operates 
through a network of 20 retail branch offices in Venango, Allegheny, Butler, Clarion, Clearfield, Crawford, Elk, Jefferson and Mercer 
counties, Pennsylvania and Hancock county, West Virginia. The Corporation and the Bank are headquartered in Emlenton, Pennsylvania. 

The Bank is subject to examination and comprehensive regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), which is the 
Bank’s chartering authority, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), which insures customer deposits held by the Bank to 
the full extent provided by law. The Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland (FRB) and the Federal Home Loan Bank 
of Pittsburgh (FHLB). The Corporation is a registered bank holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as 
amended (BHCA), and a financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act of 1999 (GLBA) and is subject to regulation and 
examination by the FRB. 

At December 31, 2020, the Corporation had $1.0 billion in total assets, $91.5 million in stockholders’ equity, $800.3 million in net loans 
and $893.6 million in total deposits. 

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

In addition to the results of operations presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals (GAAP), management uses 
certain non-GAAP financial measures, such as net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis.  Management believes these non-
GAAP  financial  measures  provide  information that is  useful to investors  in  understanding  the  underlying  operations,  performance and 
business  trends as  they  facilitate  comparison  with  the  performance  of  others  in  the  financial  services industry.   Although management 
believes that these non-GAAP financial measures enhance investors' understanding of the Corporation's business and performance, these 
non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered an alternative to GAAP. 

Management believes the presentation of net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis ensures comparability of net interest income 
arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice.  Interest income per the audited Consolidated 
Statements of Net Income is reconciled to net interest income adjusted to a fully taxable equivalent basis on page K-24 for years ended 
December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

K-3 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
COVID-19 Pandemic 

The  coronavirus  (COVID-19)  pandemic  has  negatively  impacted  the  global  economy,  disrupted  global  supply  chains  and  increased 
unemployment levels.  Although the temporary closure of many businesses and shelter-in-place policies have eased, restrictions and social 
distancing  continue  to  impact  many  of  the  Corporation's  customers.   While the  full  effects  of  the  pandemic  still  remain  unknown,  the 
Corporation is committed to supporting its customers, employees and communities during this difficult time.  The Corporation has given 
hardship relief assistance to customers, including the consideration of various loan payment deferral and fee waiver options, and encourages 
customers to reach out for assistance to support their individual circumstances. The pandemic could result in the recognition of credit losses 
in our loan portfolios and increases in our allowance for credit losses, particularly if businesses remain closed, the impact on the global 
economy worsens, or more customers draw on their lines of credit or seek additional loans to help finance their businesses.  Similarly, 
because  of  changing  economic  and  market  conditions,  we  may  be  required  to  recognize  impairments  on  securities,  goodwill  or  other 
significant estimates.  The extent to which the pandemic impacts our business, results of operations, and financial condition, as well as our 
regulatory capital and liquidity ratios, will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including 
the scope and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities and other third parties in response to the pandemic. 

Effective March 16, 2020, the Federal Reserve lowered the federal funds target rate to a range of between zero and 0.25%.  This action 
followed a prior reduction of the federal funds target rate to a range of 1.00% to 1.25% effective on March 4, 2020.  These actions were 
taken in an emergency response to stem the economic impact of the pandemic.  The Federal Reserve has indicated that it expects to maintain 
the targeted federal funds rate at current levels until such time that the economic environment has stabilized for a period of time.  The 
Corporation’s earnings and related cash flows are largely dependent upon net interest income, representing the difference between interest 
income received on interest-earnings assets, primarily loans and securities, and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, primarily 
customer deposits and borrowed funds.  Since the Corporation’s balance sheet is asset sensitive, earnings are more adversely affected by 
falling rates since rate sensitive assets reprice more quickly than rate sensitive liabilities.  Should the Federal Reserve take any further 
action regarding rates in relation to the pandemic, the Corporation’s margins could be compressed even further, perpetuating the negative 
effect on net income. 

The U.S. government also enacted certain fiscal stimulus measures in several phases to assist in counteracting the economic disruptions 
caused by the pandemic.  On March 6, 2020, the Coronavirus Preparedness and Response Supplemental Appropriations Act was enacted 
to authorize funding for research and development of vaccines and to allocate money to state and local governments for response and 
containment measures.  On March 18, 2020, the Families First Coronavirus Response Act was put in place to provide for paid sick/medical 
leave,  no-cost  coverage  for  testing,  expanded  unemployment  benefits  and  additional  funding  to  states  for  the  ongoing  economic 
consequences of the pandemic.  On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) was signed 
by the President of the United States.  Among other measures, the CARES Act provided $349 billion  for the Paycheck Protection Program 
(PPP) administered by the Small Business Administration (SBA) to assist qualified small businesses with certain operational expenses, 
certain credits for individuals and their dependents against their 2020 personal income tax and expanded eligibility for unemployment 
benefits.  This legislation was later amended on April 24, 2020, by the Paycheck Protection Program and Healthcare Enhancement Act 
(PPPHE Act) which provided an additional $310 billion of funding for PPP loans. 

Certain provisions within the CARES Act encourage financial institutions to practice prudent efforts to work with borrowers impacted by 
the  pandemic.   Under  these  provisions,  loan  modifications  deemed  to  be  COVID-19  related  would  not  be  considered  a  troubled  debt 
restructuring (TDR) if the loan was not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019 and the deferral was executed between March 
1, 2020 and the earlier of 60 days after the date of the termination of the COVID-19 national emergency or December 31, 2020.  The 
banking regulators issued a similar guidance, which also clarified that a COVID-19 related modification should not be considered a TDR 
if the borrower was current on payments at the time the underlying loan modification program was implemented and if the modification is 
considered  to  be short-term.   The  Corporation  implemented  a  short-term  modification  program  to  provide  relief  to  consumer  and 
commercial customers following the guidelines of these provisions.  Most modifications fall into the 90 to 180-day range with deferred 
principal and interest due and payable on the maturity date of the existing loans.  Specific detail describing these modifications made in 
relation to the CARES Act can be found in the TDR discussion in "Note 3 - Loans" to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page  
F-19. 

Following the enactment of these provisions, in December 2020, the Bipartisan-Bicameral Omnibus COVID Relief Deal was enacted to 
provide  additional  economic  stimulus  to  individuals  and  businesses  in  response  tor  the  extended  economic  distress  caused  by  the 
pandemic.   This  included  additional  stimulus  payments to individuals  and  their dependents, and  extension  of  enhanced  unemployment 
benefits, $284 billion of additional funds for a second round of PPP loans and a new simplified forgiveness procedure for PPP loans of 
$150,000 or less.  The Bank was a lender for the initial SBA program and closed 688 PPP loans totaling $54.9 million.  As of February 28, 
2021, 504 loans totaling $40.7 million were fully repaid, including 5 loan totaling $66,000 that were voluntarily repaid, rather than forgiven 
by the SBA.  Two loans have aggregate unforgiven balances totaling $15,000.  The Bank is also participating in the second round of the 
program and through February 28, 2021 has closed 149 loans totaling $15.9 million.  There are an additional 93 loans totaling $4.6 million 
awaiting final processing and approval in the pipeline.  

K-4 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The Corporation has responded to the circumstances surrounding the pandemic to support the safety and well-being of the employees, 
customers and shareholders by enacting the following measures: 

•    The 2020 Annual Shareholder Meeting was held virtually, as will the 2021 meeting. 
• 

Non-essential travel and large external gatherings were restricted and mandatory quarantine periods and testing were instituted 
for anyone that has known exposure to COVID. 
Remote-access availability was expanded to enable, where possible, work at home or alternate locations, in order to segregate 
employees in operational areas to mitigate possible spread of illness to an entire department. 
At times when widespread COVID cases do not require complete lobby closures, limited lobby hours are available to the public 
for walk-in transactions.  Appointments can be made as necessary to complete paperwork or complex transactions. 

• 

• 

•    Drive-thru services remain open where available, and the use of ATMs and on-line banking is encouraged. 
•    Social distancing policies were implemented and customers and employees are required to wear masks. 

Given the dynamic nature of the circumstances surrounding the pandemic, it is difficult to ascertain the full impact the ongoing economic 
disruption will have on the Corporation.  While this impact cannot be predicted or measured, there will be a definite impact on income.  It 
is  anticipated  that  the  provision  for  loan  loss  expense  will  remain  elevated  in  expectation  of  a  deterioration  in  a  portion  of  the  loan 
portfolio.  As a result of the significant decline in interest rates, the Corporation has and will continue to experience a decline in net income 
and resulting net interest margin, however, there will be a benefit from the fees arising from the PPP loan program.  Also, it is expected 
that noninterest income will continue to be reduced as customers may use fewer fee-based services due to continuing COVID-19 mitigation 
efforts, such as stay-at-home orders.  The Corporation will continue to closely monitor situations arising from the pandemic and adjust 
operations accordingly. 

Lending Activities 

General. The principal lending activities of the Corporation are the origination of residential mortgage, commercial mortgage, commercial 
business and consumer loans. The majority of the Corporation’s loans are originated in and secured by property within the Corporation’s 
primary market area. 

One-to-Four  Family  Mortgage  Loans.  The  Corporation  offers  first  mortgage  loans  secured  by  one-to-four  family  residences  located 
mainly in the Corporation’s primary lending area. One-to-four family mortgage loans amounted to 38.0% of the total loan portfolio at 
December 31, 2020. Typically such residences are single-family owner occupied units. The Corporation is an approved, qualified lender 
for the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and the FHLB. As a result, the Corporation may sell loans to and service 
loans for the FHLMC and FHLB in market conditions and circumstances where this is advantageous in managing interest rate risk. 

Home Equity Loans. The Corporation originates home equity loans secured by single-family residences. Home equity loans amounted to 
10.8% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2020. These loans may be either a single advance fixed-rate loan with a term of up to 20 
years or a variable rate revolving line of credit. These loans are made only on owner-occupied single-family residences. 

Commercial  Business  and  Commercial  Real  Estate  Loans.  Commercial lending  constitutes  a  significant  portion  of the  Corporation’s 
lending activities. Commercial business and commercial real estate loans amounted to 46.3% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 
2020.  Commercial  real  estate  loans  generally  consist  of  loans  granted  for  commercial  purposes  secured  by  commercial  or  other 
nonresidential real estate. Commercial loans consist of secured and unsecured loans for such items as capital assets, inventory, operations 
and other commercial purposes. 

Consumer Loans. Consumer loans generally consist of fixed-rate term loans for automobile purchases, home improvements not secured 
by  real  estate,  capital  and  other  personal  expenditures.  The  Corporation  also  offers  unsecured  revolving  personal  lines  of  credit  and 
overdraft protection. Consumer loans amounted to 4.9% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2020. 

Loans to One Borrower. National banks are subject to limits on the amount of credit that they can extend to one borrower. Under current 
law, loans to one borrower are limited to an amount equal to 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus on an unsecured basis, and an additional 
amount equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral. At December 31, 2020, the 
Bank’s loans to one borrower limit based upon 15% of unimpaired capital was $12.7 million. The Bank may grant credit to borrowers in 
excess of the legal lending limit as part of the Legal Lending Limit Pilot Program approved by the OCC which allows the Bank to exceed 
its legal lending limit within certain parameters. At December 31, 2020, the Bank’s largest single lending relationship had an outstanding 
balance of $17.1 million, which was permissible under the pilot program. 

K-5 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Loan Portfolio. The following table sets forth the composition and percentage of the Corporation’s loans receivable in dollar amounts and 
in percentages of the portfolio as of December 31: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Mortgage loans on real estate: 
Residential mortgages 
Home equity loans and lines 

2020 

2019 

2018 

   Dollar 
   Amount       % 

Dollar 
   Amount      

% 

Dollar 
Amount       % 

2017 

Dollar 

2016 

Dollar 

   Amount       % 

   Amount       % 

  $  308,031       38.0%    $  293,170       41.8%    $  295,405       41.3%    $  221,823       38.1%    $  198,167       38.0% 

of credit 

Commercial real estate 

87,088       10.8%   
     285,625       35.3%   

97,541       13.9%   
   229,951       32.7%   

   103,752       14.5%   
   238,734       33.4%   

99,940       17.1%   
   193,068       33.1%   

91,359       17.5% 
   166,994       32.1% 

Total real estate loans 

     680,744       84.1%   

   620,662       88.4%   

   637,891       89.2%   

   514,831       88.3%   

   456,520       87.6% 

Other loans: 

Commercial business 
Consumer 

89,139       11.0%   
40,035       4.9%   

66,603       9.5%   
14,639       2.1%   

66,009       9.2%   
11,272       1.6%   

58,941       10.1%   
9,589       1.6%   

57,788       11.1% 
6,672       1.3% 

Total other loans 

     129,174       15.9%   

81,242       11.6%   

77,281       10.8%   

68,530       11.7%   

64,460       12.4% 

Total loans receivable 
Less: 

     809,918      100.0%   

   701,904      100.0%   

   715,172      100.0%   

   583,361      100.0%   

   520,980      100.0% 

Allowance for loan losses 

9,580      

6,556      

6,508      

6,127      

5,545      

Net loans receivable 

  $  800,338      

   $  695,348      

   $  708,664      

   $  577,234      

   $  515,435      

The following table sets forth the final maturity of loans in the Corporation’s portfolio as of December 31, 2020. Demand loans having no 
stated schedule of repayment and no stated maturity are reported as due within one year. 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Residential mortgages 
Home equity loans and lines of credit 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 

Due in one 
year or less    

Due from 
one to five 
years 

Due from 
five to ten 
years 

Due after ten 
years 

Total 

  $ 

663     $ 
463    
3,977    
2,048    
270    

4,793     $ 
8,439    
42,868    
48,507    
8,446    

32,333     $  270,242     $  308,031  
87,088  
60,455    
17,731    
285,625  
140,714    
98,066    
89,139  
25,034    
13,550    
40,035  
19,968    
11,351    

  $ 

7,421     $  113,053     $  173,031     $  516,413     $  809,918  

The following table sets forth the dollar amount of the Corporation’s fixed and adjustable rate loans with maturities greater than one year 
as of December 31, 2020: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Residential mortgages 
Home equity loans and lines of credit 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 

  $ 

Fixed 
rates 
297,012     $ 
75,678    
66,933    
54,346    
38,259    

Adjustable 
rates 

10,356  
10,947  
214,715  
32,745  
1,506  

  $ 

532,228     $ 

270,269  

Contractual maturities of loans do not reflect the actual term of the Corporation’s loan portfolio. The average life of mortgage loans is 
substantially  less  than  their  contractual  terms  because  of  loan  prepayments  and  enforcement  of  due-on-sale  clauses,  which  give  the 
Corporation the right to declare a loan immediately payable in the event, among other things, that the borrower sells the real property 
subject to the mortgage. Scheduled principal amortization also reduces the average life of the loan portfolio. The average life of mortgage 
loans tends to increase when current market mortgage rates substantially exceed rates on existing mortgages and conversely, decrease when 
rates on existing mortgages substantially exceed current market interest rates. 

K-6 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
      
  
  
      
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
      
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
      
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
      
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
    
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
      
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
  
    
        
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
      
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
      
    
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
Delinquencies and Classified Assets 

Delinquent Loans and Other Real Estate Acquired Through Foreclosure (OREO). Typically, a loan is considered past due and a late 
charge is assessed when the borrower has not made a payment within 15 days from the payment due date. When a borrower fails to make 
a required payment on a loan, the Corporation attempts to cure the deficiency by contacting the borrower. The initial contact with the 
borrower is made shortly after the 17th day following the due date for which a payment was not received. In most cases, delinquencies are 
cured promptly. 

If the delinquency exceeds 60 days, the Corporation works with the borrower to set up a satisfactory repayment schedule. Typically, loans 
are considered nonaccruing upon reaching 90 days delinquent unless the credit is well secured and in the process of collection, although 
the Corporation may be receiving partial payments of interest and partial repayments of principal on such loans. When a loan is placed in 
nonaccrual status, previously accrued but unpaid interest is deducted from interest income. The Corporation institutes foreclosure action 
on secured loans only if all other remedies have been exhausted. If an action to foreclose is instituted and the loan is not reinstated or paid 
in full, the property is sold at a judicial or trustee’s sale at which the Corporation may be the buyer. 

Real  estate  properties  acquired  through,  or  in  lieu  of,  foreclosure  are  to  be  sold  and  are  initially  recorded  at  fair  value  at  the  date  of 
foreclosure less costs to sell, thereby establishing a new cost basis. After foreclosure, management periodically performs valuations and 
the real estate is carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less the cost to sell the property. Changes in the valuation allowance 
are included in the loss on foreclosed real estate. The Corporation generally attempts to sell its OREO properties as soon as practical upon 
receipt of clear title. 

As of December 31, 2020, the Corporation’s nonperforming assets were $4.4 million, or 0.43% of the Corporation’s total assets, compared 
to $3.2 million, or 0.34% of the Corporation’s total assets, at December 31, 2019. Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2020 included 
nonperforming loans and  OREO  of  $4.1  million  and  $344,000,  respectively.  Included  in  nonaccrual  loans  at  December 31,  2020  were 
five loans totaling $396,000 considered to be TDRs. 

Classified Assets. Regulations applicable to insured institutions require the classification of problem assets as “substandard,” “doubtful,” 
or “loss” depending upon the existence of certain characteristics as discussed below. A category designated “special mention” must also 
be maintained for assets currently not requiring the above classifications but having potential weaknesses or risk characteristics that could 
result in future problems. An asset is classified as substandard if not adequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of 
the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. A substandard asset is characterized by the distinct possibility that the Corporation will 
sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as 
substandard and these weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, 
highly questionable or improbable. Assets classified as loss are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as 
assets is not warranted. 

The Corporation’s classification of assets policy requires the establishment of valuation allowances for loan losses in an amount deemed 
prudent by management. Valuation allowances represent loss allowances that have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated 
with lending activities. When the Corporation classifies a problem asset as a loss, the portion of the asset deemed uncollectible is charged 
off immediately. 

The Corporation regularly reviews the problem loans and other assets in its portfolio to determine whether any require classification in 
accordance with the Corporation’s policy and applicable regulations. As of December 31, 2020, the Corporation’s classified and criticized 
assets amounted to $44.4 million or 4.3% of total assets, with $21.7 million identified as special mention and $22.7 million classified as 
substandard. 

Included  in  classified  and  criticized  assets  at  December 31,  2020,  is  a  combination  of  relationships  with  an  outstanding  balance  of 
$30.1 million at December 31, 2020, representing eight distinct relationships with extensions of credit supporting hotel operations.  The 
debt obligations are primarily secured with nationally franchised hotels along with related furniture, fixtures, and equipment.  These hotels 
were  adversely  impacted  by  state-wide  travel  restrictions  in  response  to  the  COVID-19 pandemic  and  shifting  consumer  and  business 
behaviors.   Current  data  supports  improvement  in  occupancy  levels  which  is  resulting  in  an  improvement  in  operating 
performance.  Ultimately, due to the estimated value of the collateral and the willingness and ability of the guarantors to support the loans, 
the Corporation does not currently expect to incur a loss on these loans. 

Additionally, there are two other large loan relationships exhibiting credit deterioration that may impact the ability of the borrowers to 
comply with their present loan repayment terms on a timely basis. 

The  first relationship,  with  an  outstanding  balance  of  $2.0 million  at  December 31,  2020,  consists  of  one  commercial  mortgage  which 
primarily refinanced third-party debt obligations and is primarily secured with all buildings and improvements of a university campus.  The 
subject loan represents a portion of a participated credit facility led by a third-party financial institution.  A decline in student enrollment 
has resulted in a corresponding decline in financial performance of the university.  The university maintains satisfactory capital structure 
ratios and is undergoing efforts to increase enrollment and reduce operating expenditures. At December 31, 2020, the loan was performing 
and classified as substandard.  Ultimately, due to the estimated value of the university campus and ancillary collateral, the Corporation 
does not currently expect to incur a loss on this loan. 

K-7 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The second relationship, with an outstanding balance of $1.6 million at December 31, 2020, consists of two commercial mortgages and 
one commercial business loan which primarily refinanced third-party debt obligations and is secured with residential rental investment 
properties.  Excessive personal debt obligations have resulted in marginal financial performance of the borrowers. The collateral properties 
securing the indebtedness services the related debt at a satisfactory level. Ultimately, due to the estimated value of the collateral held, the 
Corporation does not currently expect to incur a loss on these loans. 

The following table sets forth information regarding the Corporation’s nonperforming assets as of December 31: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Nonperforming loans 

2018 
   2020 
  $  4,102      $  2,907      $  3,028      $  3,693      $  3,323  

2017 

2019 

2016 

Total as a percentage of gross loans 

0.51%   

0.41%   

0.42%   

0.63%   

0.64%

Repossessions 
Real estate acquired through foreclosure 
Total as a percentage of total assets 

—     
344     
0.03%   

—     
249     
0.03%   

13     
701     
0.08%   

—     
492     
0.07%   

—  
291  
0.04%

Total nonperforming assets 

  $  4,446      $  3,156      $  3,742      $  4,185      $  3,614  

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets 

0.43%   

0.34%   

0.42%   

0.56%   

0.52%

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans 

     233.54%   

   225.52%   

   214.93%   

   165.91%   

   166.87%

Allowance for Loan Losses. Management establishes allowances for estimated losses on loans based upon its evaluation of the pertinent 
factors underlying the types and quality of loans; historical loss experience based on volume and types of loans; trend in portfolio volume 
and composition; level and trend of nonperforming assets; detailed analysis of individual loans for which full collectability may not be 
assured; determination of the existence and realizable value of the collateral and guarantees securing such loans; and the current economic 
conditions affecting the collectability of loans in the portfolio. The Corporation analyzes its loan portfolio at least quarterly for valuation 
purposes and to determine the adequacy of its allowance for loan loszses. Based upon the factors discussed above, management believes 
that the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2020 of $9.6 million was adequate to cover probable incurred losses 
in the portfolio at such time. 

The following table sets forth an analysis of the allowance for losses on loans receivable for the years ended December 31:  

  $ 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Balance at beginning of period 

Provision for loan losses 

Charge-offs: 

Residential mortgages 
Home equity loans and lines of credit 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer loans 

Recoveries: 

Residential mortgages 
Home equity loans and lines of credit 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer loans 

2020 

2016    
2018       
6,556      $  6,508      $  6,127      $  5,545       $  5,205   

2017       

2019       

3,247     

715     

   1,280     

903      

464   

(27)    
(126)    
(75)    
(163)    
(82)    
(473)    

(227)    
(61)    
(242)    
(250)    
(133)    
(913)    

(71)    
(155)    
(484)    
   —     
(279)    
(989)    

(40 )    
(114 )    
(127 )    
(14 )    
(71 )    
(366 )    

(101 ) 
(118 ) 
(18 ) 
(11 ) 
(48 ) 
(296 ) 

6     
15     
107     
70     
52     
250     

40     
6     
134     
   —     
66     
246     

3     
14     
48     
1     
24     
90     

   —      
23      
8      
2      
12      
45      

   —   
3   
158   
   —   
11   
172   

Net charge-offs 

(223)    

(667)    

(899)    

(321 )    

(124 ) 

Balance at end of period 

  $ 

9,580      $  6,556      $  6,508      $  6,127       $  5,545   

Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding 

0.03%   

0.09%   

0.14%   

0.06 %   

0.03 % 

Ratio of allowance to total loans at end of period 

1.18%   

0.93%   

0.91%   

1.05 %   

1.06 % 

K-8 

FORM 10-K   
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
      
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
      
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
      
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
  
  
      
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
      
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
      
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
  
      
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
      
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
      
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
  
  
      
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
      
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
The following table provides a breakdown of the allowance for loan losses by major loan category for the years ended December 31: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

Dollar 
Amount    

Percent of 
total 
loans 

Dollar 
Amount    

Percent of 
total 
loans 

Dollar 
Amount    

Percent of 
total 
loans 

Dollar 
Amount    

Percent of 
total 
loans 

Dollar 
Amount    

Percent 
of total 
loans 

620        10.8%     

  $  2,774        38.0%   $  2,309        41.8%   $  2,198        41.3%   $  2,090        38.1%   $  1,846        32.0% 
633        20.1% 
     5,180        35.3%      2,898        32.7%      3,106        33.4%      2,753        33.1%      2,314        29.8% 
700        16.5% 
1.6% 

677        11.0%     
4.9%     
329       

585        10.1%     
1.6%     
53       

626        13.9%     

648        14.5%     

646        17.1%     

9.5%     
2.1%     

9.2%     
1.6%     

500       
56       

636       
87       

52       

  $  9,580        100.0%   $  6,556        100.0%   $  6,508        100.0%   $  6,127        100.0%   $  5,545        100.0% 

Loan Categories: 

Residential mortgages 
Home equity loans and lines of credit 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer loans 

Investment Activities 

General. The Corporation maintains an investment portfolio of securities such as U.S. government agencies, mortgage-backed securities, 
collateralized mortgage obligations, municipal, corporate and equity securities. 

Investment decisions are made within policy guidelines as established by the Board of Directors. This policy is aimed at maintaining a 
diversified investment portfolio, which complements the overall asset/liability and liquidity objectives of the Corporation, while limiting 
the related credit risk to an acceptable level. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  regarding  the  fair  value,  weighted  average  yields  and  contractual  maturities  of  the 
Corporation’s securities as of December 31, 2020: 

Due in 1 
year or 
(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
less 
U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies    $  —       $ 1,011       $  —      $  —      $  1,996      $ 
U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities: 

Due from 
3 to 5 
years 

Due from 
5 to 10 
years 

Due from 
1 to 3 
years 

Due after 
10 years    

No 
scheduled 
maturity    

—      $ 

Total 
3,007  

residential 

     —          —          —        

—         16,581        

—         16,581  

U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations: 

residential 

State and political subdivision 
Corporate securities 
Equity securities 

     —          —          —         1,273         14,638        
250          1,327         6,793         47,207        
     —         
—        
     500          —          2,043         19,422        
—        
—        
     —          —          —        

—         15,911  
—         55,577  
—         21,965  
15  
15        

Estimated fair value 

  $  500       $ 1,261       $ 3,370      $  27,488      $  80,422      $ 

15      $  113,056  

Weighted average yield (1) 

     3.88 %       3.03 %       4.67%      

3.99%      

2.65%      

0.00%      

0.83% 

(1) Taxable equivalent adjustments have been made in calculating yields on state and political subdivision securities. 

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Corporation’s investment securities as of December 31: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
U.S. Treasury 
U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies 
U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities: residential 
U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations: residential 
State and political subdivision 
Corporate securities 
Equity securities 

2020 

2019 

2018 

  $ 

—     $ 

—     $ 

3,007    
16,581    
15,911    
55,577    
21,965    
15    

7,077    
41,075    
32,837    
11,322    
27,796    
19    

  $  113,056     $  120,126     $ 

4,445  
16,783  
27,176  
18,664  
7,918  
22,732  
7  
97,725  

For  additional  information  regarding  the  Corporation’s  investment  portfolio  see  “Note  2  –  Securities”  to the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements on page F-14. 

K-9 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
          
          
          
          
           
          
  
  
      
          
          
          
          
           
          
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
Sources of Funds 

General. Deposits are the primary source of the Corporation’s funds for lending and investing activities. Secondary sources of funds are 
derived from loan repayments, investment maturities and borrowed funds. Loan repayments can be considered a relatively stable funding 
source, while deposit activity is greatly influenced by interest rates and general market conditions. The Corporation also has access to funds 
through other various sources. For additional information about the Corporation’s sources of funds, see “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity” in Item 7. 

Deposits. The Corporation offers a wide variety of deposit account products to both consumer and commercial deposit customers, including 
time deposits, noninterest bearing and interest bearing demand deposit accounts, savings deposits and money market accounts. 

Deposit products are promoted in periodic newspaper, radio and other forms of advertisements, along with notices provided in customer 
account statements. The Corporation’s marketing strategy is based on its reputation as a community bank that provides quality products 
and personalized customer service. 

The  Corporation  sets  interest  rates  on  its  interest  bearing  deposit  products  that  are  competitive  with  rates  offered  by  other  financial 
institutions in its market area. Management reviews interest rates on deposits weekly and considers a number of factors, including: (1) the 
Corporation’s internal cost of funds; (2) rates offered by competing financial institutions; (3) investing and lending opportunities; and (4) 
the Corporation’s liquidity position. 

The following table summarizes the Corporation’s deposits as of December 31:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

2020 

2019 

Type of accounts 

Non-interest bearing deposits 
Interest bearing demand deposits 
Time deposits 
Total 

   Weighted      
   average rate    Amount 

   Percent 

Weighted      
average rate    Amount 

   Percent 

21.7%   
—     $  193,752      
57.3%   
0.42%      511,928      
21.0%   
2.03%      187,947      
0.67%   $  893,627       100.0%   

18.9% 
—     $  148,842      
53.4% 
0.76%      420,515      
27.7% 
2.17%      217,767      
1.01%   $  787,124       100.0% 

The following table sets forth maturities of the Corporation’s time deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2020 by time remaining 
to maturity:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Three months or less 
Over three months to six months 
Over six months to twelve months 
Over twelve months 

Amount 

11,246   
8,225   
30,841   
60,023   
110,335   

  $ 

  $ 

Borrowings. Borrowings may be used to compensate for reductions in deposit inflows or net deposit outflows, or to support lending and 
investment activities. These borrowings include FHLB advances, federal funds, repurchase agreements, advances from the Federal Reserve 
Discount Window and lines of credit at the Bank and the Corporation with other correspondent banks. The following table summarizes 
information with respect to borrowings at or for the years ending December 31:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Ending balance 
Average balance 
Maximum balance 
Average rate 

  $ 

2020 
32,050     
39,896     
61,300     
2.25%   

$ 

2019 
28,550  
36,508  
60,050  

2.73% 

For additional information regarding the Corporation’s deposit base and borrowed funds, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Deposits and Borrowed Funds” in Item 7 and “Note 8 – Deposits” on page F-23 and “Note 
9 – Borrowed Funds” on page F-24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

K-10 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
     
  
      
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
 
   
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
Subsidiary Activity 

The Corporation has one wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank. As of December 31, 2020, the Bank had no subsidiaries.  Emclaire Settlement 
Services, LLC, a former subsidiary of the Corporation ceased operations and was dissolved during 2019, provided real estate settlement 
services to the Bank and other customers.  

Personnel 

At  December 31,  2020,  the  Corporation  had  160 full  time  equivalent  employees,  compared  to  162 at  December 31,  2019.  There  is  no 
collective  bargaining  agreement  between  the  Corporation  and  its  employees,  and  the  Corporation  believes  its  relationship  with  its 
employees is satisfactory. 

Competition 

The Corporation competes for loans, deposits and customers with other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, securities and 
brokerage  companies,  mortgage  companies,  insurance  companies,  finance  companies,  money  market  funds,  credit  unions  and  other 
nonbank financial service providers. 

Supervision and Regulation 

General. Bank holding companies and banks are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. Set forth below is a summary 
description of certain provisions of certain laws that relate to the regulation of the Corporation and the Bank. The description does not 
purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable laws and regulations. 

The Corporation. The Corporation is a registered bank holding company and subject to regulation and examination by the FRB under the 
BHCA. The Corporation is required to file periodic reports with the FRB and such additional information as the FRB may require. The 
Bank Holding Company rating system emphasizes risk management and evaluation of the potential impact of non-depository entities on 
safety and soundness. 

The FRB may require the Corporation to terminate an activity or terminate control of or liquidate or divest certain subsidiaries, affiliates 
or investments when the FRB believes the activity or the control of the subsidiary or affiliate constitutes a significant risk to the financial 
safety, soundness or stability of any of  its banking subsidiaries. The FRB also has the authority to regulate provisions of certain bank 
holding  company  debt,  including  the  authority  to  impose  interest  rate  ceilings  and  reserve  requirements  on  such  debt.  Under  certain 
circumstances, the Corporation must file written notice and obtain FRB approval prior to purchasing or redeeming its equity securities. 

The Corporation is required to obtain prior FRB approval for the acquisition of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of 
voting securities or substantially all of the assets of any bank or bank holding company. Prior FRB approval is also required for the merger 
or consolidation of the Corporation and another bank holding company. 

The BHCA generally prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the 
outstanding voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank holding company and from engaging directly or indirectly in activities 
other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks, or furnishing services to its subsidiaries. However, subject to the prior FRB 
approval, a bank holding company may engage in any, or acquire shares of companies engaged in, activities that the FRB deems to be so 
closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. 

The BHCA also authorizes bank holding companies to engage in securities, insurance and other activities that are financial in nature or 
incidental to a financial activity. In order to undertake these activities, a bank holding company must become a financial holding company 
by submitting to the appropriate FRB a declaration that the company elects to be a financial holding company and a certification that all of 
the depository institutions controlled by the company are well capitalized and well managed. The Corporation submitted a declaration of 
election to become a financial holding company with the FRB which became effective in March 2007. Federal legislation also directed 
federal  regulators  to  require  depository  institution  holding  companies  to  serve  as  a  source  of  strength  for  their  depository  institution 
subsidiaries. 

Under FRB regulations, the Corporation is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank and may not 
conduct operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. In addition, it is the FRB’s policy that a bank holding company should stand ready to 
use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and should 
maintain the financial flexibility and capital raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks. A bank holding 
company’s failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks will generally be considered by the FRB to 
be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of FRB regulations or both. 

K-11 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The Corporation is also a bank holding company within the meaning of the Pennsylvania Banking Code. As such, the Corporation and its 
subsidiaries are subject to examination by, and may be required to file reports with, the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities. 

The Corporation’s securities are registered with the SEC under the Exchange Act. As such, the Corporation is subject to the information, 
proxy solicitation, insider trading, corporate governance, and other requirements and restrictions of the Exchange Act. The public may 
obtain all forms and information filed with the SEC through its website http://www.sec.gov. 

In December 2013, federal regulators adopted final rules to implement the provisions of the Dodd Frank Act commonly referred to as the 
Volcker Rule and established July 21, 2015 as the end of the conformance period. The regulations contain prohibitions and restrictions on 
the ability of financial institutions, holding companies and their affiliates to engage in proprietary trading and to hold certain interests in, 
or  to  have  certain  relationships  with,  various  types  of  investment  funds,  including  hedge  funds  and  private  equity  funds.  Recently 
promulgated Federal regulations exclude from the Volcker Rule restrictions community banks with $10 billion or less in total consolidated 
assets and total trading assets and liabilities of 5% or less of total consolidated assets.  The Corporation qualifies for the exclusion from the 
Volcker Rule restrictions. 

The Bank. As a national banking association, the Bank is subject to primary supervision, examination and regulation by the OCC. The 
Bank is also subject to regulations of the FDIC as administrator of the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) and the FRB. If, as a result of an 
examination  of  the  Bank,  the  OCC  should  determine  that  the  financial  condition,  capital  resources,  asset  quality,  earnings  prospects, 
management, liquidity or other aspects of the Bank’s operations are unsatisfactory or that the Bank is violating or has violated any law or 
regulation, various remedies are available to the OCC. Such remedies include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound practices,” to require 
affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially 
enforced,  to  direct  an  increase  in  capital,  to  restrict  the  Bank’s  growth,  to  assess  civil  monetary  penalties,  and  to  remove  officers  and 
directors. The FDIC has similar enforcement authority, in addition to its authority to terminate the Bank’s deposit insurance in the absence 
of action by the OCC and upon a finding that the Bank is operating in an unsafe or unsound condition, is engaging in unsafe or unsound 
activities, or that the Bank’s conduct poses a risk to the deposit insurance fund or may prejudice the interest of its depositors. 

A  national  bank  may  have  a  financial  subsidiary  engaged  in  any  activity  authorized  for  national  banks  directly  or  certain  permissible 
activities. Generally, a financial subsidiary is permitted to engage in activities that are “financial in nature” or incidental thereto, even 
though  they  are  not  permissible  for  the  national  bank  itself.  The  definition  of  “financial  in  nature”  includes,  among  other  items, 
underwriting, dealing in or making a market in securities, including, for example, distributing shares of mutual funds. The subsidiary may 
not, however, engage as principal in underwriting insurance, issue annuities or engage in real estate development or investment or merchant 
banking. 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 established a comprehensive framework to modernize and reform the 
oversight of public company auditing, improve the quality and transparency of financial reporting by those companies and strengthen the 
independence of auditors. Among other things, the legislation (i) created a public company accounting oversight board that is empowered 
to set auditing, quality control and ethics standards, to inspect registered public accounting firms, to conduct investigations and to take 
disciplinary actions, subject to SEC oversight and review; (ii) strengthened auditor independence from corporate management by limiting 
the  scope  of  consulting  services  that  auditors can  offer their public  company audit clients;  (iii) heightened the  responsibility  of public 
company directors and senior managers for the quality of the financial reporting and disclosure made by their companies; (iv) adopted a 
number of provisions to deter wrongdoing by corporate management; (v) imposed a number of new corporate disclosure requirements; (vi) 
adopted provisions which generally seek to limit and expose to public view possible conflicts of interest affecting securities analysis; and 
(vii) imposed a range of new criminal penalties for fraud and other wrongful acts and extended the period during which certain types of 
lawsuits can be brought against a company or its insiders. 

2010 Regulatory Reform. On July 21, 2010, the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 was signed into 
law. The goals of the Dodd Frank Act included restoring public confidence in the financial system following the financial crisis, preventing 
another financial crisis and permitting regulators to identify shortfalls in the system before another financial crisis can occur. The Dodd 
Frank Act is also intended to promote a fundamental restructuring of federal banking regulation by taking a systemic view of regulation 
rather than focusing on regulation of individual financial institutions. 

K-12 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Many of the provisions in the Dodd Frank Act require that regulatory agencies draft implementing regulations. Implementation of the Dodd 
Frank Act has had and will continue to have a broad impact on the financial services industry by introducing significant regulatory and 
compliance changes including, among other things: (i) changing the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of 
insured deposits to average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity, eliminating the ceiling and increasing the size of the floor 
of the DIF and offsetting the impact of the increase in the minimum floor on institutions with less than $10 billion in assets; (ii) making 
permanent  the  $250,000  limit  for  federal  deposit  insurance  and  increasing  the  cash  limit  of  Securities  Investor  Protection  Corporation 
protection to $250,000; (iii) eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends from the DIF when the reserve ratio is between 1.35% 
and 1.50%, but continuing the FDIC’s authority to declare dividends when the reserve ratio at the end of a calendar year is at least 1.50%; 
however, the FDIC is granted sole discretion in determining whether to suspend or limit the declaration or payment of dividends; (iv) 
repealing the federal prohibition on payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on 
business  transaction  and  other  accounts;  (v)  implementing  certain  corporate  governance  revisions  that  apply  to  all  public  companies, 
including  regulations  that  require  publicly  traded  companies  to  give  shareholders  a  non-binding  advisory  vote  to  approve  executive 
compensation, commonly referred to as a “say-on-pay” vote and an advisory role on so-called “golden parachute” payments in connection 
with  approvals  of  mergers  and  acquisitions;  new  director  independence  requirements  and  considerations  to  be  taken  into  account  by 
compensation  committees  and  their  advisers  relating  to  executive  compensation;  additional  executive  compensation  disclosures;  and  a 
requirement that companies adopt a policy providing for the recovery of executive compensation in the event of a restatement of its financial 
statements, commonly referred to as a “clawback” policy; (vi) centralizing responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a 
new  independent  federal  agency,  the  Consumer  Financial  Protection  Bureau  (CFPB)  responsible  for  implementing  federal  consumer 
protection  laws  to  be  applicable  to  all  depository  institutions;  (vii)  imposing  new  requirements  for  mortgage  lending,  including  new 
minimum underwriting standards, limitations on prepayment penalties and imposition of new mandated disclosures to mortgage borrowers; 
(viii) imposing new limits on affiliate transactions and causing derivative transactions to be subject to lending limits and other restrictions 
including  adoption  of  the  “Volcker  Rule”  regulating  transactions  in  derivative  securities;  (ix)  limiting  debit  card  interchange  fees  that 
financial  institutions  with  $10  billion  or  more  in  assets  are  permitted  to  charge  their  customers;  and  (x)  implementing  regulations  to 
incentivize and protect individuals, commonly referred to as whistleblowers to report violations of federal securities laws. 

2018 Regulatory Reform. In May 2018, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (the Act), was enacted to 
modify or remove certain financial reform rules and regulations, including some of those implemented under the Dodd Frank Act. While 
the Act maintains most of the regulatory structure established by the Dodd Frank Act, it amends certain aspects of the regulatory framework 
for small depository institutions with assets of less than $10 billion and for large banks with assets of more than $50 billion. Many of these 
changes could result in meaningful regulatory relief for community banks such as the Bank. 

The Act, among other matters, expands the definition of qualified mortgages which may be held by a financial institution and simplifies 
the regulatory capital rules for financial institutions and their holding companies with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion by 
instructing the federal banking regulators to establish a single “Community Bank Leverage Ratio” of between 8 and 10 percent to replace 
the leverage and risk-based regulatory capital ratios. The Act also expands the category of holding companies that may rely on the “Small 
Bank Holding Company and Savings and Loan Holding Company Policy Statement” by raising the maximum amount of assets a qualifying 
holding company may have from $1 billion to $3 billion. This expansion also excludes such holding companies from the minimum capital 
requirements of the Dodd Frank Act. In addition, the Act includes regulatory relief for community banks regarding regulatory examination 
cycles,  call  reports,  the  Volcker  Rule  (proprietary  trading  prohibitions),  mortgage  disclosures  and  risk  weights  for  certain  high-risk 
commercial real estate loans. 

Anti-Money Laundering. All financial institutions, including national banks, are subject to federal laws that are designed to prevent the 
use of the U.S. financial system to fund terrorist activities. Financial institutions operating in the United States must develop anti-money 
laundering compliance  programs,  due  diligence policies  and controls  to  ensure  the  detection  and  reporting  of  money  laundering.  Such 
compliance programs are intended to supplement compliance requirements, also applicable to financial institutions, under the Bank Secrecy 
Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulations. The Bank has established policies and procedures to ensure compliance with 
these provisions. 

Privacy. Federal banking rules limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers 
to nonaffiliated third parties. Pursuant to these rules, financial institutions must provide (i) initial notices to customers about their privacy 
policies, describing conditions under which they may disclose nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties and affiliates; 
(ii) annual notices of their privacy policies to current customers and (iii) a reasonable method for customers to “opt out” of disclosures to 
nonaffiliated  third  parties.  These  privacy  provisions  affect  how  consumer  information  is  transmitted  through  diversified  financial 
companies and conveyed to outside vendors. The Corporation’s privacy policies have been implemented in accordance with the law. 

Dividends and Other Transfers of Funds. Dividends from the Bank constitute the principal source of income to the Corporation. The 
Corporation is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. The Bank is subject to various statutory and regulatory restrictions on its 
ability to pay dividends to the Corporation. In addition, the Bank’s regulators have the authority to prohibit the Bank from paying dividends, 
depending upon the Bank’s financial condition, if such payment is deemed to constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. 

K-13 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates. Transactions between national banks and any affiliate are governed by Sections 23A and 23B 
of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a national bank includes any company or entity which controls the national bank or that is 
controlled by a company that controls the national bank. In a holding company context, the holding company of a national bank (such as 
the Corporation) and any companies which are controlled by such holding company are affiliates of the national bank. Generally, Section 
23A limits the extent to which the national bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount 
equal to 10% of such bank’s capital stock and surplus, and contains an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an 
amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus. Section 23B applies to “covered transactions” as well as certain other transactions 
and requires that all transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the national bank as those provided to a non-
affiliate. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans to, purchase of assets from and issuance of a guarantee to an affiliate 
and similar transactions. Section 23B transactions also include the provision of services and the sale of assets by a national bank to an 
affiliate. 

In addition, Sections 22(g) and (h) of the Federal Reserve Act place restrictions on loans to executive officers, directors and principal 
shareholders of the national bank and its affiliates. Under Section 22(h), loans to a director, an executive officer and to a greater than 10% 
shareholder of a national bank, and certain affiliated interests of either, may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such 
person and affiliated interests, the national bank’s loans to one borrower limit (generally equal to 15% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and 
surplus). Section 22(h) also requires that loans to directors, executive officers and principal shareholders be made on terms substantially 
the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons unless the loans are made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program 
that  (i)  is  widely  available  to  employees  of  the  bank  and  (ii)  does  not  give  preference  to  any  director,  executive  officer  or  principal 
shareholder,  or certain  affiliated  interests  of  either,  over  other employees  of the  national  bank. Section  22(h) also  requires  prior  board 
approval for certain loans. In addition, the aggregate amount of extensions of credit by a national bank to all insiders cannot exceed the 
bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Furthermore, Section 22(g) places additional restrictions on loans to executive officers. The Bank 
currently is subject to Sections 22(g) and (h) of the Federal Reserve Act and at December 31, 2020, was in compliance with the above 
restrictions. 

Loans to One Borrower Limitations. With certain limited exceptions, the maximum amount that a national bank may lend to any borrower 
(including certain related entities of the borrower) at one time may not exceed 15% of the unimpaired capital and surplus of the institution, 
plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus for loans fully secured by readily marketable collateral. At December 31, 2020, 
the Bank’s loans-to-one-borrower limit was $12.7 million based upon the 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus measurement. The Bank 
may grant credit to borrowers in excess of the legal lending limit as part of the Legal Lending Limit Pilot Program approved by the OCC 
which allows the Bank to exceed its legal lending limit within certain parameters. At December 31, 2020, the Bank’s largest single lending 
relationship had an outstanding balance of $17.1 million. 

Capital Standards. The Bank is required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the federal banking agencies. 
Beginning on January 1, 2015, the Bank became subject to a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. In July 
2013, the Federal Reserve Board, FDIC and OCC adopted a final rule that implements the Basel III changes to the international regulatory 
capital framework. The Basel III rules include requirements contemplated by the Dodd Frank Act as well as certain standards initially 
adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010. 

Effective January 1, 2020, qualifying community banking organizations may elect to comply with a greater than 9% community bank 
leverage ratio (the "CBLR") requirement in lieu of the currently applicable requirements for calculating and reporting risk-based capital 
ratios.  The CBLR is equal to Tier 1 capital divided by average total consolidated assets.  In order to qualify for the CBLR election, a 
community bank must (i) have a leverage capital ratio greater than 9 percent, (ii) have less than $10 billion in average total consolidated 
assets, (iii) not exceed certain levels of off-balance sheet exposure and trading assets plus trading liabilities and (iv) not be an advanced 
approaches banking organization.  A community bank that meets the above qualifications and elects to utilize the CBLR is considered to 
have satisfied the risk-based and leverage capital requirements in the generally applicable capital rules and is also considered to be "well 
capitalized" under the prompt corrective action rules.  The Bank has not elected to be subject to the CBLR. 

Unless a community bank qualifies for, and elects to comply with, the CBLR beginning on January 1, 2020, national banks are required to 
maintain the Basel III minimum levels of regulatory capital described below. The Basel III rules include risk-based and leverage capital 
ratio requirements that refine the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating those ratios. The minimum capital level 
requirements are (i) a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% (increased from 
4%); (iii) a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from previous rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for all institutions. 
Common equity Tier 1 capital consists of retained earnings and common stock instruments, subject to certain adjustments. 

The  Basel  III  rules  also  establish  a “capital  conservation  buffer”  of  2.5%  above  the  new  regulatory  minimum  risk-based  capital 
requirements. The conversation buffer was fully phased in as of January 1, 2019 and results in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common 
equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.5% and (iii) a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.5%. 
An institution is subject to limitations on certain activities including payment of dividends, share repurchases and discretionary bonuses to 
executive officers if its capital level is below the buffer amount. 

K-14 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The  Basel  III  rules  also  revise  the  prompt  corrective  action  framework,  which  is  designed  to  place  restrictions  on  insured  depository 
institutions if their capital levels do not meet certain thresholds. The prompt corrective action rules were modified to include a common 
equity Tier 1 capital component and to increase certain other capital requirements for the various thresholds. Insured depository institutions 
are required to meet the following capital levels in order to qualify as “well capitalized”: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital 
ratio of 6.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% (increased from 6%); (iii) a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% (unchanged from 
previous rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% (unchanged from previous rules). 

The Basel III rules set forth certain changes in the methods of calculating risk-weighted assets, which in turn affect the calculation of risk-
based ratios. Under the Basel III rules, higher or more sensitive risk weights are assigned to various categories of assets including certain 
credit facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property, certain exposures of credits that are 90 days past 
due or on nonaccrual, foreign exposures and certain corporate exposures. In addition, Basel III rules include (i) alternate standards of credit 
worthiness  consistent  with  the  Dodd  Frank  Act;  (ii)  greater  recognition  of  collateral  guarantees  and  (iii)  revised  capital  treatment  for 
derivatives and repo-style transactions. 

In  addition,  the  final  rule  includes  certain  exemptions  to  address  concerns  about  the  regulatory  burden  on  community  banks.  Banking 
organizations with less than $15 billion in consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009 are permitted to include in Tier 1 capital trust 
preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock issued and included in Tier 1 capital prior to May 19, 2010 on a permanent 
basis without any phase out. Community banks were required to make this election by their March 31, 2015 quarterly filings with the 
appropriate federal regulator to opt-out of the requirement to include most accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) components 
in the calculation of Common equity Tier 1 capital and in effect retain the AOCI treatment under the current capital rules. The Bank made 
in its March 31, 2015 quarterly filing a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude accumulated other comprehensive income from 
capital. If it would not have made this election, unrealized gains and losses would have been included in the calculation of its regulatory 
capital. 

The Basel III rules generally became effective beginning January 1, 2015; however, certain calculations under the Basel III rules have 
phase-in  periods.  In  2015,  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  amended  its  Small  Bank  Holding  Company  Policy 
Statement by increasing the policy’s consolidated assets threshold from $500 million to $1 billion and the 2018 legislation summarized 
above increased that asset threshold to $3 billion. The primary benefit of being deemed a "small bank holding company" is the exemption 
from the requirement to maintain consolidated regulatory capital ratios; instead, regulatory capital ratios only apply at the subsidiary bank 
level. 

The following table sets forth certain information concerning regulatory capital ratios of the Bank as of the dates presented. The capital 
adequacy ratios disclosed below are exclusive of the capital conservation buffer. 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Total capital to risk-weighted assets: 

Actual 
For capital adequacy purposes 
To be well capitalized 

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets: 

Actual 
For capital adequacy purposes 
To be well capitalized 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets: 

Actual 
For capital adequacy purposes 
To be well capitalized 
Tier 1 capital to average assets: 

Actual 
For capital adequacy purposes 
To be well capitalized 

December 31, 
2020 
   Amount       Ratio     

December 31, 
2019 
Amount       Ratio  

  $  84,583      12.71 %   
     53,255       8.00 %   
     66,569      10.00 %   

$  80,418      13.74% 
   46,836       8.00% 
   58,544      10.00% 

  $  76,246      11.45 %   
     39,941       6.00 %   
     53,255       8.00 %   

$  73,862      12.62% 
   35,127       6.00% 
   46,836       8.00% 

  $  76,246      11.45 %   
     29,956       4.50 %   
     43,270       6.50 %   

$  73,862      12.62% 
   26,345       4.50% 
   38,054       6.50% 

  $  76,246       7.58 %   
     40,213       4.00 %   
     50,267       5.00 %   

$  73,862       8.17% 
   36,146       4.00% 
   45,182       5.00% 

K-15 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
 
  
  
     
  
  
      
        
     
    
        
  
      
        
     
    
        
  
      
        
     
    
        
  
      
        
     
    
        
  
 
  
 
 
Prompt Corrective Action and Other Enforcement Mechanisms. Federal banking agencies possess broad powers to take corrective and 
other supervisory action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions, including but not limited to those institutions that fall 
below one or more prescribed minimum capital ratios. Each federal banking agency has promulgated regulations defining the following 
five categories in which an insured depository institution will be placed, based on its capital ratios: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, 
undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. At December 31, 2020, the Bank exceeded the required 
ratios for classification as “well capitalized.” 

An institution that, based upon its capital levels, is classified as well capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated 
as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, 
determines that an unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice warrants such treatment. At each successive lower capital 
category,  an  insured  depository  institution  is  subject  to  more  restrictions.  The  federal  banking  agencies,  however,  may  not  treat  a 
significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized. 

In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions, commercial banking organizations may be subject to potential 
enforcement actions by the federal regulators for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, 
rule,  regulation, or  any  condition  imposed  in  writing  by  the agency  or  any  written  agreement  with  the agency.  Finally,  pursuant to  an 
interagency  agreement,  the  FDIC  can  examine  any  institution  that  has  a  substandard  regulatory  examination  score  or  is  considered 
undercapitalized – without the permission of the institution’s primary regulator. 

Safety and Soundness Standards. The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines designed to assist the federal banking agencies 
in identifying and addressing potential safety and soundness concerns before capital becomes impaired. The guidelines set forth operational 
and  managerial  standards  relating  to:  (i) internal  controls,  information  systems  and  internal  audit  systems,  (ii) loan  documentation, 
(iii) credit underwriting, (iv) asset growth, (v) earnings, and (vi) compensation, fees and benefits. In addition, the federal banking agencies 
have  also  adopted  safety  and  soundness  guidelines  with  respect  to  asset  quality  and  earnings  standards.  These  guidelines  provide  six 
standards for establishing and maintaining a system to identify problem assets and prevent those assets from deteriorating. Under these 
standards, an insured depository institution should: (i) conduct periodic asset quality reviews to identify problem assets, (ii) estimate the 
inherent losses in problem assets and establish reserves that are sufficient to absorb estimated losses, (iii) compare problem asset totals to 
capital,  (iv) take  appropriate  corrective  action  to  resolve  problem  assets,  (v) consider  the  size  and  potential  risks  of  material  asset 
concentrations, and (vi) provide periodic asset quality reports with adequate information for management and the board of directors to 
assess the level of asset risk. These guidelines also set forth standards for evaluating and monitoring earnings and for ensuring that earnings 
are sufficient for the maintenance of adequate capital and reserves. 

Insurance of Accounts. Deposit accounts are currently insured by the DIF generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately insured 
depositor. As insurer, the FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of, and to require reporting by, insured institutions. It also may 
prohibit any insured institution from engaging in any activity determined by regulation or order to pose a serious threat to the FDIC. The 
FDIC also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions against insured institutions. 

The Dodd Frank Act raised the minimum reserve ratio of the DIF from 1.15% to 1.35% and required the FDIC to offset the effect of this 
increase  on  insured  institutions  with  assets  of  less  than  $10  billion  (small  institutions).  In  March  2016,  the  FDIC  adopted  a  rule  to 
accomplish  this by  imposing  a  surcharge  on  larger  institutions  commencing  when  the  reserve  ratio  reaches  1.15%  and  ending  when  it 
reaches 1.35%. The reserve ratio reached 1.15% effective as of June 30, 2016 and exceeded 1.35% effective as of September 30, 2018. 
Small institutions receive credits for the portion of their regular assessments that contributed to growth in the reserve ratio between 1.15% 
and 1.35%. The credits apply to reduce regular assessments by 2 basis points for quarters when the reserve ratio is at least 1.38%. 

Effective July 1, 2016, the FDIC adopted changes that eliminated its risk-based premium system. Under the new premium system, the 
FDIC assesses deposit insurance premiums on the assessment base of a depository institution, which is its average total assets reduced by 
the amount of its average tangible equity. For a small institution (one with assets of less than $10 billion) that has been federally insured 
for at least five years, effective July 1, 2016, the initial base assessment rate ranges from 3 to 30 basis points, based on the institution’s 
CAMELS composite and component ratings and certain financial ratios; its leverage ratio; its ratio of net income before taxes to total assets; 
its ratio of nonperforming loans and leases to gross assets; its ratio of other real estate owned to gross assets; its brokered deposits ratio 
(excluding reciprocal deposits if the institution is well capitalized and has a CAMELS composite rating of 1 or 2); its one year asset growth 
ratio (which penalizes growth adjusted for mergers in excess of 10%); and its loan mix index (which penalizes higher risk loans based on 
historical industry charge off rates).  The initial base assessment rate is subject to downward adjustment (not below 1.5%) based on the 
ratio of unsecured debt the institution has issued to its assessment base, and to upward adjustment (which can cause the rate to exceed 30 
basis points) based on its holdings of unsecured debt issued by other insured institutions. Institutions with assets of $10 billion or more are 
assessed using a scorecard method. 

In addition, all FDIC insured institutions were required to pay assessments to the FDIC to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the 
Financing Corporation, an agency of the federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Savings Association Insurance 
Fund. The first Financing Corporation bonds matured in 2019. 

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in 
unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, 
rule order or condition imposed by the FDIC. 

K-16 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The FDIC applied credits to the Bank's assessments due in 2019.  In 2020, the FDIC announced that all credits have been remitted and the 
credit program has ended. 

Interstate  Banking  and  Branching.  Banks  have  the  ability,  subject  to  certain  state  restrictions,  to  acquire,  by  acquisition  or  merger, 
branches outside its home state. In addition, federal legislation permits a bank headquartered in Pennsylvania to enter another state through 
de novo branching (as compared to an acquisition) if under the state law in the state which the proposed branch is to be located a state-
chartered institution would be permitted to establish the branch. Interstate branches are subject to certain laws of the states in which they 
are located. Competition may increase further as banks branch across state lines and enter new markets. 

Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations. The bank regulatory agencies are focusing greater attention on compliance with consumer 
protection  laws  and  their  implementing  regulations.  Examination  and  enforcement  have  become  more  intense  in  nature,  and  insured 
institutions  have  been  advised  to  carefully  monitor  compliance  with  such  laws  and  regulations.  The  Bank  is  subject  to  many  federal 
consumer protection statutes and regulations, some of which are discussed below. 

The Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) is intended to encourage insured depository institutions, while operating safely and soundly, to 
help  meet  the  credit  needs  of  their  communities.  The  CRA  specifically  directs  the  federal  regulatory  agencies,  in  examining  insured 
depository institutions, to assess a bank’s record of helping meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-
income  neighborhoods,  in  a  manner  consistent  with  safe  and  sound  banking  practices.  CRA  regulations  (i)  establish  the  definition  of 
“Intermediate Small Bank” as an institution with total assets of $330 million to $1.322 billion, without regard to any holding company; and 
(ii) take into account abusive lending practices by a bank or its affiliates in determining a bank’s CRA rating. The CRA further requires the 
agencies to take a financial institution’s record of meeting its community credit needs into account when evaluating applications for, among 
other things, domestic branches, mergers or acquisitions, or holding company formations. The agencies use the CRA assessment factors in 
order to provide a rating to the financial institution. The ratings range from a high of “outstanding” to a low of “substantial noncompliance.” 
In its last examination for CRA compliance, as of January 15, 2019, the Bank was rated “satisfactory.” 

In June 2020, the OCC issued a final rule clarifying and expanding the activities that qualify for Community Reinvestment Act credit and 
seeking to create a more consistent and objective method for evaluating Community Reinvestment Act performance. The final rule became 
effective October 1, 2020, but compliance with the revised requirements is not mandatory until January 1, 2024 for institutions the Bank’s 
asset size. 

The Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA), as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (FACTA), requires financial 
firms to help deter identity theft, including developing appropriate fraud response programs, and give consumers more control of their 
credit data. It also reauthorizes a federal ban on state laws that interfere with corporate credit granting and marketing practices. In connection 
with the FACTA, financial institution regulatory agencies proposed rules that would prohibit an institution from using certain information 
about a consumer it received from an affiliate to make a solicitation to the consumer, unless the consumer has been notified and given a 
chance to opt out of such solicitations. A consumer’s election to opt out would be applicable for at least five years. 

The Federal Trade Commission (FTC), the federal bank regulatory agencies and the National Credit Union Administration (NCUA) have 
issued  regulations  (the  Red  Flag  Rules)  requiring  financial  institutions  and  creditors  to  develop  and  implement  written  identity  theft 
prevention programs as part of the FACTA. The programs must provide for the identification, detection and response to patterns, practices 
or specific activities – known as red flags – that could indicate identity theft. These red flags may include unusual account activity, fraud 
alerts on a consumer report or attempted use of suspicious account application documents. The program must also describe appropriate 
responses that would prevent and mitigate the crime and detail a plan to update the program. The program must be managed by the Board 
of  Directors  or  senior  employees  of  the  institution  or  creditor,  include  appropriate  staff  training  and  provide  oversight  of  any  service 
providers. 

The Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (Check 21) facilitates check truncation and electronic check exchange by authorizing a new 
negotiable instrument called a “substitute check,” which is the legal equivalent of an original check. Check 21 does not require banks to 
create substitute checks or accept checks electronically; however, it does require banks to accept a legally equivalent substitute check in 
place of an original. 

The Equal Credit Opportunity Act (ECOA) generally prohibits discrimination in any credit transaction, whether for consumer or business 
purposes, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age (except in limited circumstances), receipt of income 
from public assistance programs, or good faith exercise of any rights under the Consumer Credit Protection Act. 

The Truth in Lending Act (TILA) is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a meaningful way so that consumers may compare 
credit terms more readily and knowledgeably. As a result of the TILA, all creditors must use the same credit terminology to express rates 
and  payments,  including  the  annual  percentage  rate,  the  finance  charge,  the  amount  financed,  the  total  of  payments  and  the  payment 
schedule, among other things. 

The Fair Housing Act (FHA) regulates many practices, including making it unlawful for any lender to discriminate in its housing-related 
lending activities against any person because of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, handicap or familial status. A number of lending 
practices  have  been  found  by  the  courts  to  be,  or  may  be  considered,  illegal  under  the  FHA,  including  some  that  are  not  specifically 
mentioned in the FHA itself. 

K-17 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (HMDA) grew out of public concern over credit shortages in certain urban neighborhoods and provides 
public  information  that  will  help  show  whether  financial  institutions  are  serving  the  housing  credit  needs  of  the  neighborhoods  and 
communities in which they are located. The HMDA also includes a “fair lending” aspect that requires the collection and disclosure of data 
about  applicant  and  borrower  characteristics  as  a  way  of  identifying  possible  discriminatory  lending  patterns  and  enforcing  anti-
discrimination statutes. 

The term “predatory lending,” much like the terms “safety and soundness” and “unfair and deceptive practices,” is far-reaching and covers 
a  potentially  broad  range  of  behavior.  As  such, it  does  not  lend itself to  a  concise  or  a comprehensive  definition.  Generally  speaking, 
predatory lending involves at least one, and perhaps all three, of the following elements (i) making unaffordable loans based on the assets 
of the borrower rather than on the borrower’s ability to repay an obligation (“asset-based lending”); (ii) inducing a borrower to refinance a 
loan repeatedly in order to charge high points and fees each time the loan is refinanced (“loan flipping”); and (iii) engaging in fraud or 
deception to conceal the true nature of the loan obligation from an unsuspecting or unsophisticated borrower. 

FRB  regulations  aimed at curbing  such  lending  significantly  widened  the  pool  of  high-cost  home-secured loans  covered  by  the  Home 
Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994, a federal law that requires extra disclosures and consumer protections to borrowers. Lenders 
that violate the rules face cancellation of loans and penalties equal to the finance charges paid. 

OCC guidelines require national banks and their operating subsidiaries to comply with certain standards when making or purchasing loans 
to avoid predatory or abusive residential mortgage lending practices. Failure to comply with the guidelines could be deemed an unsafe and 
unsound or unfair or deceptive practice, subjecting the bank to supervisory enforcement actions. 

Finally, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA) requires lenders to provide borrowers with disclosures regarding the nature 
and cost of real estate settlements. Also, RESPA prohibits certain abusive practices, such as kickbacks, and places limitations on the amount 
of escrow accounts. Penalties under the above laws may include fines, reimbursements and other penalties. Due to heightened regulatory 
concern related to compliance with the CRA, FACTA, TILA, FHA, ECOA, HMDA and RESPA generally, the Bank may incur additional 
compliance costs or be required to expend additional funds for investments in its local community. 

Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the FHLB. Among other benefits, each FHLB serves as a reserve or central 
bank for its members within its assigned region. Each FHLB is financed primarily from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB 
system. Each FHLB makes available loans or advances to its members in compliance with the policies and procedures established by the 
Board of Directors of the individual FHLB. As an FHLB member, the Bank is required to own a certain amount of capital stock in the 
FHLB. At December 31, 2020, the Bank was in compliance with the stock requirements. 

Federal Reserve System. The FRB requires all depository institutions to maintain noninterest bearing reserves at specified levels against 
their transaction accounts (primarily checking) and non-personal time deposits. At December 31, 2020, the Bank was in compliance with 
these requirements. 

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

Not required as the Corporation is a smaller reporting company. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Item 2. Properties 

The Corporation owns no real property but utilizes the main office of the Bank, which is owned by the Bank. The Corporation’s and the 
Bank’s  executive  offices  are  located  at  612  Main  Street,  Emlenton,  Pennsylvania.  The  Corporation  pays  no  rent  or  other  form  of 
consideration for the use of this facility. 

The Bank owns and leases numerous other premises for use in conducting business activities. The Bank considers these facilities owned or 
occupied under lease to be adequate. For additional information regarding the Bank’s properties, see “Note 5 - Premises and Equipment” 
to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-21. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings 

Neither the Bank nor the Corporation is involved in any material legal proceedings. The Bank, from time to time, is party to litigation that 
arises in the ordinary course of business, such as claims to enforce liens, claims involving the origination and servicing of loans, and other 
issues related to the business of the Bank. In the opinion of management, the resolution of any such issues would not have a material 
adverse impact on the financial position, results of operation, or liquidity of the Bank or the Corporation. 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

K-18 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PART II 

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Market, Holder and Dividend Information 

Emclaire Financial Corp common stock is traded on NASDAQ Capital Market (NASDAQ) under the symbol “EMCF”. The listed market 
makers for the Corporation’s common stock include: 

Boenning and Scattergood, Inc. 
4 Tower Bridge 
200 Barr Harbor Drive, Suite 300 
West Conshohocken, PA  19428-2979 
Telephone:  (800) 883-1212 

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC 
1717 Arch Street 
Philadelphia, PA  19103 
Telephone:  (215) 665-6000 

Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 
550 West Washington Boulevard 
Suite 1050 
Chicago, IL  60661 
Telephone:  (312) 869-3800 

The Corporation has traditionally paid regular quarterly cash dividends. Future dividends will be determined by the Board of Directors 
after giving consideration to the Corporation’s financial condition, results of operations, tax status, industry standards, economic conditions, 
regulatory requirements and other factors. 

The following table sets forth the high and low sale and quarter-end closing market prices of our common stock for the last two years as 
reported by the Nasdaq Capital Market as well as cash dividends paid for the quarterly periods presented. 

2020: 

Fourth quarter 
Third quarter 
Second quarter 
First quarter 

2019: 

Fourth quarter 
Third quarter 
Second quarter 
First quarter 

High 

Market Price 
Low 

Cash 

Close 

   Dividend 

  $ 

  $ 

32.00    $ 
28.35      
26.10      
33.50      

23.10    $ 
20.40      
18.10      
20.92      

30.63    $ 
25.11      
20.01      
23.47      

34.00    $ 
37.00      
34.50      
32.35      

29.92    $ 
30.42      
29.83      
29.34      

32.53    $ 
32.90      
34.50      
30.80      

0.30  
0.30  
0.30  
0.30  

0.29  
0.29  
0.29  
0.29  

As of March 1, 2021, there were approximately 722 stockholders of record and 2,721,212 shares of common stock entitled to vote, receive 
dividends and considered outstanding for financial reporting purposes. The number of stockholders of record does not include the number 
of persons or entities who hold their stock in nominee or “street name." 

Common stockholders may have dividends reinvested to purchase additional shares through the Corporation’s dividend reinvestment plan. 
Participants may also make optional cash purchases of common stock through this plan. To obtain a plan document and authorization card 
to participate in the plan, please call 888-509-4619. 

Purchases of Equity Securities 

The Corporation did not repurchase any of its equity securities in the year ended December 31, 2020. 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data 

Not required as the Corporation is a smaller reporting company. 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The following discussion and analysis represents a review of the Corporation’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations 
for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. This review should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements 
beginning on page F-4. 

K-19 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Overview 

The Corporation reported consolidated net income available to common stockholders of $6.6 million, or $2.41 per diluted common share, 
for  2020,  compared  to  $7.8 million,  or  $2.86 per  diluted  common  share,  for  2019.  Net income available  to  common  stockholders  was 
impacted by the following: 

•  Net interest income increased $1.0 million, or 3.6%, to $29.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $28.1 million 
for  2019.  This  increase  primarily  related  to  an  increase  in  interest  income  of  $1.0  million,  or  2.8%,  while  interest  expense 
remained  flat.  Driving  the increase  in interest income  was  a  $90.2  million  increase  in the average  balance  of  loans.  Interest 
expense increased a modest $21,000 as a result of growth in average interest-bearing liabilities of $52.0 million, which was 
offset by a decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities of 9 basis points to 1.13% at December 31, 2020 from 1.22% at 
December 31, 2019. 

• 

Provision for loan losses increased $2.5 million to $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $715,000 for 2019. 
This increase was primarily related to the $105.0 million increase in outstanding loan balances and the addition of a specific 
pandemic allowance qualitative factor and risk rating changes for loans that were granted payment deferrals. 

•  Noninterest income decreased $28,000 to remain flat at $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 due to 
decreases in fees and service charges and earnings on bank-owned life insurance of $659,000 and $165,000, respectively, offset 
by increases in gains on the sale of securities, gains on the sale of loans and other noninterest income of $609,000, $127,000 and 
$60,000, respectively. 

•  Noninterest expense decreased $104,000 to $22.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $22.1 million for 2019. 
This decrease was primarily related to decreases in compensation and employee benefits, professional fees and premises and 
equipment expense of $590,000, $87,000 and $73,000, respectively, partially offset by increases in other noninterest expense 
and FDIC insurance expense of $393,000 and $265,000, respectively. The increase in other expense was primarily related to 
$238,000 in FHLB prepayment penalties resulting from the early retirement of $15.0 million of FHLB long-term debt. 

Changes in Financial Condition 

Total assets increased $117.0 million, or 12.8%, to $1.03 billion at December 31, 2020 from $915.3 million at December 31, 2019. This 
increase primarily related to increases in net loans and cash and cash equivalents of $105.0 million and $22.5 million, respectively, partially 
offset by decreases in securities and interest earning time deposits of $7.1 million and $4.0 million, respectively.  Liabilities increased 
$111.4 million, or 13.4%, to $940.8 million at December 31, 2020 from $829.4 million at December 31, 2019 due to increases in customer 
deposits and borrowed funds of $106.5 million and $3.5 million, respectively. 

Cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents increased $22.5 million to $37.4 million at December 31, 2020 from $15.0 million 
at  December 31,  2019.  This  increase  primarily  resulted  from  an  increase in  customer  deposits  and  borrowed  funds  and  a  decrease  in 
securities, partially offset by an increase in loans. 

Interest earning time deposits. Interest earning time deposits decreased $4.0 million, or 41.0%, to $5.7 million at December 31, 2020 from 
$9.7  million  at  December  31,  2019.   This  decrease  resulted  from  maturities of  certificates  of  deposits  with  other  financial  institutions 
totaling $4.7 million, partially offset by purchases totaling $746,000 during the year. 

Securities. Securities decreased $7.1 million, or 5.9%, to $113.0 million at December 31, 2020 from $120.1 million at December 31, 2019. 
This  decrease  primarily  resulted  from  investment  security  sales,  maturities  and  repayments  totaling  $67.1 million,  partially  offset  by 
purchases of $56.8 million during the year. 

Loans receivable. Net loans receivable increased $105.0 million, or 15.1%, to $800.3 million at December 31, 2020 from $695.3 million 
at December 31, 2019. The increase was driven by increases in the Corporation’s commercial mortgage, consumer, commercial business 
and  residential  mortgage portfolios  of  $55.7  million,  $25.4  million,  $22.5  million  and $14.9  million,  respectively,  partially  offset  by  a 
decrease in the home equity portfolio of $10.5 million.  Included in commercial business loan balances at December 31, 2020 was $30.4 
million of loans made under the SBA's PPP lending program. 

K-20 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Nonperforming assets. Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans, loans 90 days past due and still accruing, repossessions and real 
estate owned. Nonperforming assets were $4.4 million, or 0.43% of total assets, at December 31, 2020 compared to $3.2 million, or 0.34% 
of total assets, at December 31, 2019. Nonperforming assets consisted of nonperforming loans and real estate owned of $4.1 million and 
$344,000, respectively, at December 31, 2020 and $2.9 million and $249,000, respectively, at December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2020, 
nonperforming loans consisted primarily of residential mortgage and commercial mortgage loans. 

Federal bank stocks. Federal bank stocks were comprised of FHLB stock and FRB stock of $3.8 million and $1.8 million, respectively, 
at December 31, 2020. These stocks are purchased and redeemed at par as directed by the federal banks and levels maintained are based 
primarily on borrowing and other correspondent relationships between the Corporation and the federal banks. 

Bank-owned  life  insurance  (BOLI).  The  Corporation maintains  single  premium  life  insurance  policies  on certain  current  and former 
officers  and  employees  of  the  Bank.  In  addition  to  providing  life  insurance  coverage,  whereby  the  Bank  as  well  as  the  officers  and 
employees receive life insurance benefits, the appreciation of the cash surrender value of the BOLI will serve to offset and finance existing 
and future employee benefit costs. Increases in this account are typically associated with an increase in the cash surrender value of the 
policies,  partially  offset  by  certain  administrative  expenses.   BOLI  increased  $181,000,  or  1.2%,  to  $15.5 million  at  December 31, 
2020 from $15.3 million at December 31, 2019. 

Premises  and  equipment.  Premises  and  equipment  decreased  $839,000 to  $18.2  million  at  December 31,  2020  from  $19.0 million  at 
December 31,  2019.  The  overall  decrease  in  premises  and  equipment  during  the  year  was  due  to  depreciation  and  amortization  of 
$1.4 million, partially offset by purchases of $1.2 million.  In addition, the Corporation sold $350,000 in assets and recorded asset write-
downs of approximately $250,000. 

Goodwill. Goodwill remained unchanged at $19.5 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019.  Goodwill represents the excess of the total 
purchase price paid for the acquisition over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired, net of the fair value of the liabilities assumed. 
Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at least annually and more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be 
impaired. Management evaluated goodwill and concluded that no impairment existed during the year ended December 31, 2020. 

Core deposit intangible. The core deposit intangible was $1.1 million at December 31, 2020, compared to $1.2 million at December 31, 
2019. The core deposit intangible includes amounts associated with the assumption of deposits in the 2018 Community First Bancorp, Inc. 
(CFB)  acquisition,  the  2017  Northern  Hancock  Bank  and  Trust  Co.  (NHB)  acquisition  and the  2016  United  American  Savings  Bank 
(UASB) acquisition. This asset represents the long-term value of the core deposits acquired. In each instance, the fair value was determined 
using a third-party valuation expert specializing in estimating fair values of core deposit intangibles. The fair value was derived using an 
industry standard present value methodology. All-in costs and runoff balances by year were discounted by comparable term FHLB advance 
rates, used as an alternative cost of funds measure. This intangible asset amortizes over a weighted average estimated life of the related 
deposits. The core deposit intangible asset is not estimated to have a significant residual value. The Corporation recorded $164,000 and 
$176,000 of intangible amortization in 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Deposits. Total deposits increased $106.5 million, or 13.5%, to $893.6 million at December 31, 2020 from $787.1 million at December 31, 
2019. Interest bearing deposits increased $61.6 million, or 9.7%, and non-interest bearing deposits increased $44.9 million, or 30.2%.  These 
increases were driven by increases in  public funds and government stimulus deposits coupled with decreased consumer spending and the 
retention of certain PPP loan proceeds. 

Borrowed  funds.  Borrowed  funds  increased  $3.5  million,  or  12.3%,  to  $32.1  million  at  December 31,  2020 from  $28.6  million  at 
December 31, 2019. Borrowed funds at December 31, 2020 consisted of short-term borrowings of $2.1 million and long-term borrowings 
of $30.0 million. Short-term borrowed funds at December 31, 2020 consisted of an outstanding balance of $2.1 million on a line of credit 
with a correspondent bank at rate of 4.25%. Long-term borrowed funds consisted of six $5.0 million FHLB term advances totaling $30.0 
million,  maturing  between  2021 and  2025 and  having  fixed  interest  rates  between  0.97%  and  2.85%. Long-term  advances  are  utilized 
primarily to fund loan growth and short-term advances are utilized primarily to compensate for normal deposit fluctuations. 

Stockholders’ equity. Stockholders’ equity increased $5.6 million, or 6.5%, to $91.5 million at December 31, 2020 from $85.9 million at 
December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to net income of $6.7 million and an increase of $1.9 million in accumulated other 
comprehensive income, partially offset by common stock and preferred dividends paid of $3.3 million and $186,000, respectively. 

K-21 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Changes in Results of Operations 

The Corporation reported net income before preferred stock dividends of $6.7 million and $8.0 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively. The 
following “Average Balance Sheet and Yield/Rate Analysis” and “Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income” tables should be utilized 
in conjunction with the discussion of the interest income and interest expense components of net interest income. 

Average Balance Sheet and Yield/Rate Analysis. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information concerning the 
total dollar amounts of interest income from interest-earning assets and the resulting average yields, the total dollar amounts of interest 
expense on interest-bearing liabilities and the resulting average costs, net interest income, interest rate spread and the net interest margin 
earned  on  average  interest-earning  assets.  For  purposes  of  this  table,  average  loan  balances  include  nonaccrual  loans  and  exclude  the 
allowance for loan losses and interest income includes accretion of net deferred loan fees. Interest and yields on tax-exempt loans and 
securities (tax-exempt for federal income tax purposes) are shown on a fully tax equivalent basis. The information is based on average 
daily balances during the periods presented. 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Interest-earning assets: 
Loans, taxable 
Loans, tax exempt 

Total loans receivable 

Securities, taxable 
Securities, tax exempt 
Total securities 

Interest-earning deposits with banks 
Federal bank stocks 

Total interest-earning cash equivalents 

Total interest-earning assets 
Cash and due from banks 
Other noninterest-earning assets 

Total Assets 

Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Interest-bearing demand deposits 
Time deposits 

Total interest-bearing deposits 

Borrowed funds, short-term 
Borrowed funds, long-term 
Total borrowed funds 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits 

Funding and cost of funds 

Other noninterest-bearing liabilities 
Total Liabilities 

Stockholders' Equity 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 

For the year ended December 31, 

2020 

2019 

   Average        
     Yield/   
   Balance       Interest       Rate    

   Average        
     Yield/   
   Balance       Interest       Rate    

745       3.83%     

  $  771,073    $  33,402       4.33%   $  679,607    $  31,824       4.68% 
812       3.92% 
32,636       4.66% 
2,258       2.58% 
457       2.69% 
2,715       2.60% 
566       1.77% 
419       7.15% 
985       2.61% 
36,336       4.31% 

20,736      
34,147       4.32%      700,343      
87,544      
2,070       2.53%     
16,995      
559       2.52%     
2,629       2.53%      104,539      
31,905      
5,858      
37,763      
37,338       4.03%      842,645      
3,333      
62,572      
  $  908,550      

19,463      
     790,536      
81,812      
22,205      
     104,017      
26,570      
6,040      
32,610      
     927,163      
3,507      
61,123      
  $  991,793      

191       0.72%     
371       6.14%     
562       1.72%     

  $  471,766    $ 
     201,662      
     673,428      
4,366      
35,530      
39,896      
     713,324      
     175,279      
     888,603      
14,473      
     903,076      
88,717      
  $  991,793      

131       3.00%     
766       2.16%     
897       2.25%     

2,858       0.61%   $  401,564    $ 
4,307       2.14%      223,222      
7,165       1.06%      624,786      
4,663      
31,845      
36,508      
8,062       1.13%      661,294      
     149,744      
8,062       0.91%      811,038      
13,761      
     824,799      
83,751      
  $  908,550      

—       —  

2,630       0.65% 
4,457       2.00% 
7,087       1.13% 
183       3.93% 
813       2.55% 
996       2.73% 
8,083       1.22% 
—       —  
8,083       1.00% 

Net interest income 

     $  29,276      

     $  28,253      

Interest rate spread (difference between weighted 

average rate on interest-earning assets and interest-
bearing liabilities) 

Net interest margin (net interest income as a percentage 

of average interest-earning assets) 

       2.90%     

       3.09% 

       3.16%     

       3.35% 

K-22 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
       
   
    
       
   
    
       
   
    
       
   
       
   
       
   
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
       
   
    
       
   
       
   
       
   
    
       
   
    
       
   
       
   
       
   
    
   
    
   
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
    
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
    
  
      
  
  
      
  
 
  
 
 
Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income. The following table analyzes the changes in interest income and interest expense in terms 
of: (1) changes in volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and (2) changes in yields and rates. The table reflects the 
extent  to  which  changes  in  the  Corporation’s  interest  income  and  interest  expense  are  attributable  to  changes  in  rate  (change  in  rate 
multiplied by prior year volume), changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior year rate) and changes attributable to the 
combined impact of volume/rate (change in rate multiplied by change in volume). The changes attributable to the combined impact of 
volume/rate are allocated on a consistent basis between the volume and rate variances. Changes in interest income on loans and securities 
reflect the changes in interest income on a fully tax equivalent basis. 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Interest income: 
Loans 
Securities 
Interest-earning deposits with banks 
Federal bank stocks 

Total interest-earning assets 

Interest expense: 

Interest-bearing deposits 
Borrowed funds, short-term 
Borrowed funds, long-term 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

Net interest income 

2020 Results Compared to 2019 Results 

For the year ended December 31, 
2020 versus 2019 
Increase (Decrease) due to 
Rate 

Total 

   Volume 

  $ 

  $ 

4,007    $ 
(13)     
(82)     
13      
3,925      

533      
(11)     
88      
610      
3,315    $ 

(2,496)   $ 
(73)     
(293)     
(61)     
(2,923)     

(455)     
(41)     
(135)     
(631)     
(2,292)   $ 

1,511  
(86) 
(375) 
(48) 
1,002  

78  
(52) 
(47) 
(21) 
1,023  

The Corporation reported net income available to common stockholders of $6.6 million and $7.8 million for 2020 and 2019, respectively. 
The $1.2 million, or 15.6%, decrease in net income was attributed to $2.5 million increase in the provision for loan losses and a $28,000 
decrease in noninterest income, partially offset by a $1.0 million increase in net interest income and decreases in the provision for income 
taxes and  noninterest  expense  of $227,000  and  $104,000,  respectively.   Returns  on  average equity  and  assets  were  7.61%  and  0.68%, 
respectively, for 2020, compared to 9.50% and 0.88%, respectively, for 2019. 

Net interest income. The primary source of the Corporation’s revenue is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between 
interest income on earning assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense on liabilities, such as deposits and borrowed funds, 
used to fund the earning assets. Net interest income is impacted by the volume and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-
bearing liabilities, and changes in the level of interest rates. Tax equivalent net interest income increased $1.0 million to $29.3 million for 
2020, compared to $28.3 million for 2019. This increase in net interest income can be attributed to an increase in tax equivalent interest 
income of $1.0 million. 

Interest income. Tax equivalent interest income increased $1.0 million, or 2.8%, to $37.3 million for 2020, compared to $36.3 million for 
2019. This increase can be attributed to a $1.5 million increase in interest earned on loans, partially offset by decreases in interest earned 
on deposits with banks and securities and dividends received on federal bank stocks of $375,000, $86,000 and $48,000, respectively. 

Tax equivalent interest earned on loans receivable increased $1.5 million, or 4.6%, to $34.1 million for 2020, compared to $32.6 million 
for 2019. The average balance of loans increased $90.2 million, or 12.9%, generating $4.0 million of additional interest income on loans. 
Partially offsetting this increase, the average yield on loans decreased 34 basis points to 4.32% for 2020, versus 4.66% for 2019 causing an 
$2.5 million decrease in interest income.  Included in interest earned on loans for the year ended December 31, 2020, is $1.6 million of 
interest and fees earned on the SBA's PPP lending program. 

Interest earned on interest-earning deposits with banks decreased $375,000, or 66.3%, to $191,000 for 2020, compared to $566,000 for 
2019.   The average yield on interest-earning deposits decreased 105 basis points to 0.72% for 2020, versus 1.77% for 2019 causing a 
$293,000 decrease in interest income.  In addition, the average balance of these accounts decreased $5.3 million, or 16.7%, causing an 
$82,000 decrease in interest income. 

Tax equivalent interest earned on securities decreased $86,000, or 3.2%, to $2.6 million for 2020, compared to $2.7 million for 2019. The 
average  yield on securities  decreased  7 basis  points  to  2.53%  for  2020 versus  2.60%  for  2019 causing  a $73,000  decrease  in  interest 
income.  Additionally, the average balance of securities decreased $522,000 causing a $13,000 reduction in interest income. 

K-23 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Interest earned on federal bank stocks decreased $48,000, or 11.5%, to $371,000 for 2020, compared to $419,000 for 2019.  The average 
yield on federal bank stocks decreased 101 basis points to 6.14% for 2020 versus 7.15% for 2019 causing a $61,000 decrease in interest 
income.  Partially offsetting this decrease, the average balance of federal bank stocks increased $182,000, or 3.1%, resulting in $13,000 of 
additional interest income. 

Interest expense. Interest expense decreased $21,000 to remain flat at $8.1 million for 2020 and 2019. This decrease can be attributed to 
a $99,000 decrease in interest expense on borrowed funds, partially offset by a $78,000 increase in interest expense on interest-bearing 
deposits. 

Interest expense on deposits increased $78,000, or 1.1%, to $7.2 million for 2020, compared to $7.1 million for 2019.   The average balance 
of interest-bearing deposits increased $48.6 million, or 7.8%, causing a $533,000 increase in interest expense.  Partially offsetting this 
increase, the  average  rate  on interest-bearing  deposits  decreased  by  7 basis  points  to  1.06%  for 2020 versus  1.13%  for  2019 causing  a 
$455,000 decrease in interest expense. 

Interest expense on borrowed funds decreased $99,000, or 9.9%, to $897,000 for 2020, compared to $996,000 for 2019. The average rate 
on  borrowed  funds  decreased  48  basis  points  to  2.25%  for  2020  versus  2.73%  for  2019  causing  a  $176,000  decrease  in  interest 
expense.  Partially offsetting this decrease, the average balance of borrowed funds increased $3.4 million, or 9.3%, to $39.9 million for 
2020, compared to $36.5 million for 2019 causing a $77,000 increase in interest expense. 

The following table reconciles interest income on the Consolidated Statements of Net Income to net interest income adjusted to a fully 
taxable equivalent basis for the years ended December 31: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Interest income per Consolidated Statements of Income 
Adjustment to fully taxable equivalent basis 

Interest income adjusted to fully taxable equivalent basis (non-GAAP) 

Interest expense 

Net interest income adjusted to fully taxable equivalent basis (non-GAAP) 

2020 

2019 

37,147     $ 
191       
37,338       
8,062       
29,276     $ 

36,145   
191   
36,336   
8,083   
28,253   

  $ 

  $ 

Provision for loan losses. The Corporation records provisions for loan losses to maintain a level of total allowance for loan losses that 
management  believes,  to  the  best  of  its  knowledge,  covers  all  probable  incurred  losses  estimable  at  each  reporting  date.  Management 
considers historical loss experience, the present and prospective financial condition of borrowers, current conditions (particularly as they 
relate to markets where the Corporation originates loans), the status of nonperforming assets, the estimated underlying value of the collateral 
and other factors related to the collectability of the loan portfolio. 

Nonperforming loans increased $1.2 million, or 41.1%, to $4.1 million at December 31, 2020 from $2.9 million at December 31, 2019. 
The increase in nonperforming loans was primarily related to an increase in non-accrual loans in the residential mortgage and commercial 
real estate portfolios of $664,000 and $706,000, respectively. 

The provision for loan losses increased $2.5 million to $3.2 million for 2020 from $715,000 for 2019. The Corporation’s allowance for 
loan losses amounted to $9.6 million, or 1.18% of the Corporation’s total loan portfolio at December 31, 2020 compared to $6.6 million or 
0.93% of total loans at December 31, 2019. The allowance for loan losses, as a percentage of nonperforming loans at December 31, 2020 
and  2019,  was  233.5%  and  225.5%,  respectively.  The  allocation  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  related  to  commercial  real  estate, 
residential mortgage and consumers loans increased during the year primarily as a result of growth in the balances, partially offset by a 
reduction of net charge-off in these portfolios.  In addition, the allowance increased in general, due to risk rating changes for loans which 
were granted payment deferrals in connection with the pandemic, an increase in criticized and classified loans and the addition of a specific 
pandemic qualitative allowance factor.  This pandemic factor, which was initially set at 2 basis points for the first quarter, increased to 9 
basis points and added approximately $628,000 to the provision expense during the year ended December 31, 2020.  Significant uncertainty 
remains regarding future levels of criticized and classified loans, nonperforming loans and charge-offs, but some deterioration is expected 
as a result of the pandemic.  The Corporation will continue to closely monitor changes in the loan portfolio and adjust the provision expense 
accordingly.  At December 31, 2020, there was no provision for loan losses allocated to loans acquired from UASB, NHB or CFB because 
the unaccreted purchase discount still exceeded the calculated allowance. 

Noninterest income. Noninterest income includes revenue that is related to services rendered and activities conducted in the financial 
services industry, including fees on depository accounts, general transaction and service fees, security and loan sale gains and losses, and 
earnings on BOLI. Noninterest income decreased $28,000 and remained flat at $4.4 million for 2020 and 2019. The decrease in noninterest 
income is due to decreases in fees and service charges and earnings on BOLI of $659,000 and $165,000, respectively, partially offset by 
increases in gains on the sale of securities and loans and other income of $609,000, $127,000 and $60,000, respectively.  The reductions in 
fees and service charges was primarily caused by a substantial decrease in consumer spending related to the pandemic, resulting in higher 
deposit balances and less account overdrafts.  Additionally, the Corporation sold approximately $43.2 million of low yielding securities, in 
part to repay higher cost overnight borrowings, and to realize a gain of $687,000. 

K-24 

FORM 10-K   
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Noninterest  expense.  Noninterest  expense  decreased  $104,000  to  $22.0 million  for  2020,  compared  to  $22.1  million  for  2019.  This 
decrease was primarily related to decreases in compensation and employee benefits, professional fees and premises and equipment expense 
of $590,000, $87,000 and $73,000, respectively.  These decreases were partially offset by increases in other noninterest expense and FDIC 
insurance expense of $393,000 and $265,000, respectively. 

Compensation and employee benefits expense decreased $590,000, or 5.0%, to $11.1 million for 2020, compared to $11.7 million for 
2019.   Salary  expense  decreased  $350,000  primarily  due  to  lobby  closures  and  reduced  branch  hours  put  in  place  as  a  result  of  the 
pandemic.  Also, the Corporation experienced a $146,000 reduction of expense related to employee retirement plans. 

Professional fee expense decreased $87,000, or 9.4%, to $841,000 for 2020, compared to $928,000 for 2019.  This decrease is primarily 
related to a decrease in legal costs due to a decrease in foreclosure activity as a result of the pandemic. 

Premises and equipment expense decreased $73,000, or 2.2%, to $3.3 million for 2020, compared to $3.4 million for 2019. This decrease 
primarily related to reductions in equipment service contract expense of $112,000, partially offset by an increase in building repairs and 
maintenance expense of $58,000. 

Other  noninterest  expense  increased  $393,000,  or  7.0%,  to  $6.0  million  for  2020,  compared  to  $5.6  million  for  2019.   This  increase 
primarily related to increases in item processing and software subscription expenses, and FHLB prepayment penalties of $501,000 and 
$238,000, respectively, partially offset by a reduction of $223,000 in travel, entertainment and conference expense, due to meeting and 
travel restrictions put in place because of the pandemic. 

FDIC insurance expense increased $265,000, or 97.1%, to $538,000 for 2020, compared to $273,000 for 2019.  This increase was primarily 
related to an increase in assessment charges due to increases in non-performing assets and decreases in capital ratios during 2020 related 
to the pandemic and $215,000 in Small Bank Assessment credits received by the Bank and utilized in the third and fourth quarters of 2019. 

The provision for income taxes decreased $227,000, or 13.7%, to $1.4 million for 2020, compared to $1.7 million for 2019 primarily due 
to the decrease in net income available to common stockholders. 

Market Risk Management 

Market risk for the Corporation consists primarily of interest rate risk exposure and liquidity risk. The Corporation is not subject to currency 
exchange  risk  or  commodity  price  risk,  and  has  no  trading  portfolio,  and  therefore,  is  not  subject  to  any  trading  risk.  In  addition,  the 
Corporation does not participate in hedging transactions such as interest rate swaps and caps. Changes in interest rates will impact both 
income and expense recorded and also the market value of long-term interest-earning assets. 

The primary objective of the Corporation’s asset liability management function is to maximize the Corporation’s net interest income while 
simultaneously maintaining an acceptable level of interest rate risk given the Corporation’s operating environment, capital and liquidity 
requirements, balance sheet mix, performance objectives and overall business focus. One of the primary measures of the exposure of the 
Corporation’s earnings to interest rate risk is the timing difference between the repricing or maturity of interest-earning assets and the 
repricing or maturity of interest-bearing liabilities. 

The Corporation’s Board of Directors has established a Finance Committee, consisting of five outside directors, the President and Chief 
Executive  Officer  (CEO),  Treasurer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (CFO)  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  (COO),  to  monitor  market  risk, 
including primarily interest rate risk. This committee, which meets at least quarterly, generally establishes and monitors the investment, 
interest rate risk and asset liability management policies of the Corporation. 

In order to minimize the potential for adverse affects of material and prolonged changes in interest rates on the Corporation’s results of 
operations, the Corporation’s management team has implemented and continues to monitor asset liability management policies to better 
match the maturities and repricing terms of the Corporation’s interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Such policies have 
consisted primarily of (i) originating adjustable-rate mortgage loans; (ii) originating short-term secured commercial loans with the rate on 
the loan tied to the prime rate or reset features in which the rate changes at determined intervals; (iii) emphasizing investment in shorter-
term (expected duration of five years or less) investment securities; (iv) selling longer-term (30-year) fixed-rate residential mortgage loans 
in the secondary market; (v) maintaining a high level of liquid assets (including securities classified as available for sale) that can be readily 
reinvested in higher yielding investments should interest rates rise; (vi) emphasizing the retention of lower cost savings accounts and other 
core deposits; and (vii) lengthening liabilities and locking in lower borrowing rates with longer terms whenever possible. 

Interest Rate Sensitivity Gap Analysis 

The  implementation  of asset and  liability  initiatives  and  strategies  and compliance  with  related policies, combined  with  other  external 
factors  such  as  demand  for  the  Corporation’s  products  and  economic  and  interest  rate  environments  in  general,  has  resulted  in  the 
Corporation typically maintaining a one-year cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap within internal policy limits of between a positive and 
negative 15% of total assets. The one-year interest rate sensitivity gap is identified as the difference between the Corporation’s interest-
earning assets that are scheduled to mature or reprice within one year and interest-bearing liabilities that are scheduled to mature or reprice 
within one year. 

K-25 

FORM 10-K 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a 
specific time period and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that time period. A gap is considered positive 
when the amount of interest rate-sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate-sensitive liabilities, and is considered negative when 
the amount of interest rate-sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate-sensitive assets. Generally, during a period of rising 
interest rates, a negative gap would adversely affect net interest income while a positive gap would result in an increase in net interest 
income. Conversely, during a period of falling interest rates, a negative gap would result in an increase in net interest income and a positive 
gap would adversely affect net interest income. The closer to zero, or more neutral, that gap is maintained, generally, the lesser the impact 
of market interest rate changes on net interest income. 

Based  on  certain  assumptions  derived  from  the  Corporation’s  historical  experience,  at  December 31,  2020,  the  Corporation’s  interest-
earning assets maturing or repricing within one year totaled $383.0 million while the Corporation’s interest-bearing liabilities maturing or 
repricing within one year totaled $160.4 million, providing an excess of interest-earning assets over interest-bearing liabilities of $222.6 
million or 21.6% of total assets. At December 31, 2020, the percentage of the Corporation’s assets to liabilities maturing or repricing within 
one year was 238.8%. 

The  following  table  presents  the  amounts  of  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities  outstanding  as  of  December 31, 
2020 which are expected to mature, prepay or reprice in each of the future time periods presented: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Total interest-earning assets 

Six 
months 
or less 

Six 
months 
to one 
year 

One to 
three 
years 

Three to 
four years      

Over 

four years       Total 

  $  283,739     $  99,269     $  244,145       

65,137     $  267,003     $  959,293  

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

71,714       

88,678        234,728        106,796        227,959        729,875  

Interest rate sensitivity gap 

  $  212,025     $  10,591     $ 

9,417     $  (41,659)    $  39,044     $  229,418  

Cumulative rate sensitivity gap 

  $  212,025     $  222,616     $  232,033     $  190,374     $  229,418       

Ratio of gap during the period to total interest earning 

assets 

22.10%     

1.10%     

0.98%     

(4.34%)      

4.07%     

Ratio of cumulative gap to total interest earning assets     

22.10%     

23.21%     

24.19%     

19.85%     

23.92%     

Although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods of repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in 
market interest rates. The interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, 
while interest rates on other types of assets and liabilities may lag behind changes in market interest rates. In the event of a change in 
interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table. The 
ability of many borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase. 

Interest Rate Sensitivity Simulation Analysis 

The Corporation also utilizes income simulation modeling in measuring its interest rate risk and managing its interest rate sensitivity. The 
Finance Committee of the Board of Directors believes that simulation modeling enables the Corporation to more accurately evaluate and 
manage the possible effects on net interest income due to the exposure to changing market interest rates and different loan and security 
prepayment and deposit decay assumptions under various interest rate scenarios. 

As  with  gap  analysis  and  earnings  simulation  modeling,  assumptions  about  the timing  and  variability  of  cash  flows  are  critical in  net 
portfolio equity valuation analysis. Particularly important are the assumptions driving mortgage prepayments and the assumptions about 
expected attrition of the core deposit portfolios. These assumptions are based on the Corporation’s historical experience. 

The Corporation has established the following guidelines for assessing interest rate risk: 

Net interest income simulation. Given a 200 basis point immediate increase or decrease in market interest rates, net interest income 
may not change by more than 8% for a one-year period. 

Economic value of equity simulation. Economic value of equity is the present value of the Corporation’s existing assets less the 
present value of the Corporation’s existing liabilities. Given a 200 basis point immediate and permanent increase or decrease in 
market interest rates, economic value of equity may not correspondingly decrease or increase by more than 20%. 

K-26 

FORM 10-K   
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
      
         
         
         
         
         
  
    
  
      
         
         
         
         
         
  
  
      
         
         
         
         
         
  
   
  
      
         
         
         
         
         
  
    
   
  
      
         
         
         
         
         
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
These  guidelines  take  into  consideration  the  current  interest  rate  environment,  the  Corporation’s  financial  asset  and  financial  liability 
product mix and characteristics and liquidity sources among other factors. Given the current rate environment, a drop in short-term market 
interest rates of 200 basis points immediately or over a one-year horizon would seem unlikely. This should be considered in evaluating 
modeling results outlined in the table below. 

The following table presents the simulated impact of a 100 basis point or 200 basis point upward or downward shift of market interest rates 
on net interest income for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. This analysis was done assuming that the interest-
earning asset and interest-bearing liability levels at December 31, 2020 remained constant. The impact of the market rate movements on 
net interest income was developed by simulating the effects of rates changing immediately for a one-year period from the December 31, 
2020 levels for net interest income. 

2020 Net interest income - increase (decrease) 

Increase 

Decrease 

   +100 BP 

   +200 BP 

-100 BP 

-200 BP 

3.53%     

5.84%   

(2.77%)     

(1.87%) 

2019 Net interest income - increase (decrease) 

1.87%     

2.06%   

(1.83%)     

(5.28%) 

The  expected  increase  in  2019 and  2020 net  interest  income  in  the  rising  rate  scenarios  shown  in  the  table  above  resulted  from  the 
Corporation having an excess of immediately repricing interest-earning assets over immediately repricing interest-bearing liabilities. 

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Corporation  and  related  notes  presented  herein  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) which require the measurement of financial condition 
and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due 
to inflation. 

Unlike most industrial companies, substantially all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, 
interest rates have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest 
rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services since such prices are 
affected by inflation to a larger degree than interest rates. In the current interest rate environment, liquidity and the maturity structure of 
the Corporation’s assets and liabilities are critical to the maintenance of acceptable performance levels. 

Capital Resources 

Total stockholders’ equity increased $5.6 million, or 6.5%, to  $91.5 million at December 31, 2020 from $85.9 million at December 31, 
2019.  Net income available to common stockholders of $6.6 million in 2020 represented a decrease in earnings of $1.2 million, or 15.6%, 
compared to 2019. The Corporation’s capital to assets ratio decreased to 8.9% at December 31, 2020 from 9.4% at December 31, 2019. 

While continuing to sustain a strong capital position, dividends on common stock increased to $3.3 million in 2020 from $3.1 million in 
2019.  In  addition,  stockholders  have  taken  part  in  the  Corporation’s  dividend  reinvestment  plan  introduced  during  2003  with  39%  of 
registered  shareholder  accounts  active  in  the  plan  at  December 31,  2020.  Dividend  reinvestment  is  achieved  through  the  purchase  of 
common shares on the secondary market. 

Capital  adequacy  is  intended  to  enhance  the  Corporation’s  ability  to  support  growth  while  protecting  the  interest  of  stockholders  and 
depositors and to ensure that capital ratios are in compliance with regulatory minimum requirements. Regulatory agencies have developed 
certain  capital  ratio  requirements  that  are  used  to  assist  them  in  monitoring  the  safety  and  soundness  of  financial  institutions.  At 
December 31, 2020, the Bank was in excess of all regulatory capital requirements. See "Note 10 - Regulatory Matters" to the consolidated 
financial statements on page F-25. 

Liquidity 

The Corporation’s primary sources of funds generally have been deposits obtained through the offices of the Bank, borrowings from the 
FHLB, and amortization and prepayments of outstanding loans and maturing securities. During 2020, the Corporation used its sources of 
funds primarily to fund additional loans and increase interest-earning deposits. As of December 31, 2020, the Corporation had outstanding 
loan commitments, including undisbursed loans and amounts available under credit lines, totaling $115.2 million, and standby letters of 
credit totaling $493,000, net of cash collateral maintained by the Bank. The Bank has established policies to monitor and manage liquidity 
levels to ensure the Bank’s ability to meet demands for customer withdrawals and the repayment of borrowings. 

At December 31, 2020, time deposits amounted to $187.9 million, or 21.0%, of the Corporation’s total consolidated deposits, including 
approximately $76.1 million scheduled to mature within the next year. Management believes that the Corporation has adequate resources 
to fund all of its commitments, that all of its commitments will be funded as required by related maturity dates and that, based upon past 
experience and current pricing policies, it can adjust the rates of time deposits to retain a substantial portion of maturing liabilities. 

K-27 

FORM 10-K   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
         
     
    
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Aside from liquidity available from customer deposits or through sales and maturities of securities, the Corporation and the Bank have 
alternative sources of funds. These sources include a line of credit for the Corporation with a correspondent bank, the Bank’s line of credit 
and term borrowing capacity from the FHLB and, to a more limited extent, through the sale of loans. At December 31, 2020, the Bank’s 
borrowing capacity with the FHLB, net of funds borrowed and irrevocable standby letters of credit issued to secure certain deposit accounts, 
was $268.6 million. 

The Corporation pays a regular quarterly cash dividend. The Corporation paid dividends of $0.30 and $0.29 per common share for each of 
the four quarters of 2020 and 2019, respectively. On February 17, 2021, the Corporation declared a quarterly dividend of $0.30 per common 
share payable on March 19, 2021 to shareholders of record on March 1, 2021. The determination of future dividends on the Corporation’s 
common stock will depend on conditions existing at that time with consideration given to the Corporation’s earnings, capital and liquidity 
needs, among other factors. 

Management is not aware of any conditions, including any regulatory recommendations or requirements, which would adversely impact 
its liquidity or its ability to meet funding needs in the ordinary course of business. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

The Corporation’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and follow general practices within the industry 
in which it operates. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates or judgments that affect the amounts reported 
in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the financial 
statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the financial statements could reflect different estimates or judgments. Certain policies 
inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, and as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially 
different than originally reported. Estimates or judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value, 
when a decline in the value of an asset not carried on the financial statements at fair value warrants an impairment write-down or valuation 
reserve to be established, or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event. Carrying assets and liabilities 
at  fair  value  inherently  results  in  more  financial  statement  volatility.  The  fair  values  and  the  information  used  to  record  valuation 
adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based either on quoted market prices or are provided by third-party sources, when available. 
When third-party information is not available, valuation adjustments are estimated in good faith by management primarily though the use 
of internal cash flow modeling techniques. 

The  most  significant  accounting  policies  followed  by  the  Corporation  are  presented  in  "Note  1  -  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting 
Policies" to the Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-9. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the other 
financial statement notes, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the financial statements and how those 
values are determined. Management views critical accounting policies to be those which are highly dependent on subjective or complex 
judgments,  estimates  and  assumptions,  and  where  changes  in  those  estimates  and  assumptions  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  the 
financial statements. Management has identified the following as critical accounting policies: 

Allowance for loan losses. The Corporation considers that the determination of the allowance for loan losses involves a higher degree of 
judgment and complexity than other significant accounting policies. The balance in the allowance for loan losses is determined based on 
management’s review and evaluation of the loan portfolio in relation to past loss experience, the size and composition of the portfolio, 
current  economic  events  and  conditions  and  other  pertinent  factors,  including  management’s  assumptions  as  to  future  delinquencies, 
recoveries and losses. All of these factors may be susceptible to significant change. Among the many factors affecting the allowance for 
loan losses, some are quantitative while others require qualitative judgment. Although management believes its process for determining 
the allowance adequately considers all of the potential factors that could potentially result in credit losses, the process includes subjective 
elements  and  may  be  susceptible  to  significant  change.  To  the  extent  actual  outcomes  differ  from  management’s  estimates,  additional 
provisions for loan losses may be required that would adversely impact the Corporation’s financial condition or earnings in future periods. 

Other-than-temporary impairment. Management evaluates debt securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly 
basis, and more frequently when economic, market or other concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to: (1) the length of 
time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (3) 
whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions and (4) whether the Corporation has the intent to sell the security 
or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. 

K-28 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Goodwill and intangible assets. Goodwill represents the excess cost over fair value of assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill 
and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but 
instead tested for impairment at least annually. Intangible assets with estimable useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated 
useful  lives  to  their estimated  residual  values. Goodwill  is  subject  to  ongoing  periodic  impairment tests  based on  the  fair  value  of the 
reporting unit compared to its carrying amount, including goodwill. Impairment exists when a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its 
fair value.  As part of the Corporation's qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment, management considered the triggering event of the 
COVID-19 pandemic and determined that significant change in the general economic environment and financial markets, including the 
Corporation's market capitalization, represented an interim impairment indicator requiring continued evaluation.  Because of the economic 
uncertainty surrounding the pandemic, the Corporation engaged an independent third party to perform the Step 1, quantitative analysis of 
goodwill as of November 30.  Based on the analysis performed, management concluded that the Corporation's goodwill was not impaired 
as of November 30, 2020.  If for any future period it is determined that there has been impairment in the carrying value of our goodwill 
balances, the Corporation will record a charge to earnings, which could have a material adverse effect on net income, but not risk-based 
capital ratios.  See "Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" on page F-11 for the Corporation's accounting policy on goodwill 
and see "Note 6 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets" on page F-22 in the Consolidated Financial Statements for a detailed discussion of the 
factors considered by management in the assessment. 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Information required by this item is included in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” 
in Item 7. 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Information required by this item is included beginning on page F-1. 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  sections  captioned  “Relationship  with  Independent 
Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement for the Corporation’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
to be held on April 21, 2021 (the Proxy Statement). 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

The Corporation maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the 
Corporation’s Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules 
and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Corporation’s management, including its CEO and CFO, as 
appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure based on the definition of “disclosure controls and procedures” in Rule 
13a-15(e). 

As of December 31, 2020, the Corporation carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Corporation’s 
management, including the Corporation’s CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Corporation’s disclosure 
controls and procedures. Based on the foregoing, the Corporation’s CEO and CFO concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls 
and procedures were effective. 

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2020, there has been no change made in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting 
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. 

There have been no significant changes in the Corporation’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect the internal 
controls subsequent to the date the Corporation completed its valuation. 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Corporation. Internal 
control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Management  completed  an  assessment  of  the  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December 31,  2020.  This 
assessment  was  based  on  criteria  for  evaluating  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  established  in  the  2013  Internal  Control  – 
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, 
management  concluded  that  the  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  effective  as  of  December 31,  2020.   Our 
independent registered public accounting firm has not expressed an opinion on our internal control over financial reporting for the year 
ended December 31, 2020. 

Item 9B. Other Information 

None. 

K-29 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PART III 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections captioned “Principal Beneficial Owners of the 
Corporation’s Common Stock”, “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Information With Respect to Nominees 
For Director, Continuing Director and Executive Officers” in the Proxy Statement. 

The Corporation maintains a Code of Personal and Business Conduct and Ethics (the Code) that applies to all employees, including the 
CEO and the CFO. A copy of the Code has previously been filed with the SEC and is posted on our website at www.emclairefinancial.com. 
Any waiver of the Code with respect to the CEO and the CFO will be publicly disclosed in accordance with applicable regulations. 

Item 11. Executive Compensation 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Executive Compensation” in the Proxy 
Statement. 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Principal Beneficial Owners of the 
Corporation’s Common Stock” in the Proxy Statement. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information. The following table provides certain information as of December 31, 2020 with respect to shares 
of common stock that may be issued under our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, which was approved by shareholders in April 2014. 

Number of 
securities 
remaining 
available for 
issuance under 
equity 
compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities 
reflected in the 
first column) (1) 
95,216  

Number of 
securities to be 
issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding options   
—    

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options   
—    
$ 

—    

—    

$ 

—    

—    

—  

95,216  

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders 

Plan Category 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders 

Total 

(1) The 2014 Stock Incentive Plan provides for the grant of options to purchase up to 88,433 shares of common stock and for grants of up 
to 88,433 shares of restricted common stock of which no options and 81,650 shares of restricted stock have been granted at December 31, 
2020. 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections captioned “Information With Respect to Nominees 
For Director, Continuing Directors and Executive Officers” and “Executive Compensation” in the Proxy Statement. 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Relationship With Independent 
Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement. 

PART IV 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)(1)-(2)  Financial Statements and Schedules: 

(i) The financial statements required in response to this item are incorporated by reference from Item 8 of this report. 

(b) 

Exhibits are either attached as part of this Report or incorporated herein by reference. 

K-30 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
  
      
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
3.1 
3.2 
4.1 
4.2 
10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 
10.13 
10.14 
11.1 

14.0 
20.0 
21.0 

  Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Emclaire Financial Corp (1) 
  Bylaws of Emclaire Financial Corp (2) 
  Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Emclaire Financial Corp (3) 
  Description of Emclaire Common Stock (13)  
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Emclaire Financial Corp, The Farmers National Bank 
of Emlenton and William C. Marsh, dated as of November 18, 2015 (4)* 
Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement between Emclaire Financial Corp, The Farmers National 
Bank of Emlenton and Jennifer A. Roxbury, dated as of November 18, 2015 (12)* 
Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement between Emclaire Financial Corp, The Farmers National 
Bank of Emlenton and Amanda L. Engles, dated as of November 15, 2017 (5)* 
Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement between Emclaire Financial Corp, The Farmers National 
Bank of Emlenton and Robert A. Vernick dated November 18, 2015 (12)* 
Amended  and  Restated  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  Agreement  between  The  Farmers  National 
Bank of Emlenton and William C. Marsh, dated as of November 18, 2015 (4)* 
Amended  and  Restated  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  Agreement  between  The  Farmers  National 
Bank of Emlenton and Jennifer A. Roxbury, dated as of November 18, 2015 (6)* 
Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  Agreement  between  the  Farmers  National  Bank  of  Emlenton  and 
Amanda L. Engles, dated as of November 15, 2017 (5)* 
Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  Agreement  between  The  Farmers  National  Bank  of  Emlenton  and 
Robert A. Vernick dated November 18, 2015 (12)* 
First  Amendment  dated  as  of  February  8,  2019  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  Supplemental  Executive 
Retirement Plan Agreement between The Farmers National Bank of Emlenton and William C. Marsh, dated as 
of November 18, 2015 (6)* 
First  Amendment  dated  as  of  February  8,  2019  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  Supplemental  Executive 
Retirement Plan Agreement between The Farmers National Bank of Emlenton and Jennifer A Roxbury, dated 
as of November 18, 2015 (6)* 
First  Amendment dated  as  of  February  8,  2019  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  Supplemental  Executive 
Retirement Plan Agreement between The Farmers National Bank of Emlenton and Amanda L. Engles, dated as 
of November 15, 2017 (6)* 
  Group Term Carve-Out Plan between the Farmers National Bank of Emlenton and Officers and Employees (7)* 
  Farmers National Bank Deferred Compensation Plan (8)* 
  Emclaire Financial Corp 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (9)* 
Statement  regarding  computation  of  earnings  per  share  (see  Note  1  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements in the Annual Report). 
  Code of Personal and Business Conduct and Ethics. (10) 
  Emclaire Financial Corp Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan. (11) 
Subsidiaries  of  the  Registrant  (see  information  contained  herein  under  “Item  1.  Description  of  Business  - 
Subsidiary Activity”). 
  Principal Executive Officer Section 302 Certification. 
  Principal Financial Officer Section 302 Certification. 
  Principal Executive Officer Section 906 Certification. 
  Principal Financial Officer Section 906 Certification. 

31.1 
31.2 
32.1 
32.2 
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document 
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 
101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document 
101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

* 
(1) 
(2) 

(3) 
(4) 
(5) 
(6) 
(7) 
(8) 
(9) 
(10) 
(11) 
(12) 
(13) 

Compensatory plan or arrangement. 
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated May 23, 2018. 
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2, as amended, (File No. 333-11773) declared 
effective by the SEC on October 25, 1996. 
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB40 for the year ended December 31, 1997.  
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 18, 2015. 
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 15, 2017. 
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 8, 2019. 
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2002. 
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 15, 2008. 
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement dated March 24, 2016. 
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004. 
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSBfor the year ended December 31, 2001. 
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018. 
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

K-31 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be 
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Dated: March 19, 2021 

EMCLAIRE FINANCIAL CORP 

By: 

/s/ William C. Marsh 
William C. Marsh 
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director 
(Duly Authorized Representative) 

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf 
of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

By: 

/s/ William C. Marsh 
William C. Marsh 
Chairman of the Board 
Chief Executive Officer 
President 
Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Date:  March 19, 2021 

By: 

/s/ Milissa S. Bauer 
Milissa S. Bauer 
Director 
Date:  March 19, 2021 

By: 

/s/ James M. Crooks 
James M. Crooks 
Director 
Date:  March 19, 2021 

By: 

/s/ Henry H. Deible II 
Henry H. Deible II 
Director 
Date:  March 19, 2021 

By: 

/s/ Mark A. Freemer 
Mark A. Freemer 
Director 
Date:  March 19, 2021 

/s/ John B. Mason 
John B. Mason 
Director 
Date:  March 19, 2021 

By: 

/s/ Nicholas D. Varischetti 
Nicholas D. Varischetti 
Director 
Date:  March 19, 2021 

By: 

/s/ Amanda L. Engles 
Amanda L. Engles 
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

Date:  March 19, 2021 

By: 

/s/ David L. Cox 
David L. Cox 
Director 
Date:  March 19, 2021 

By: 

/s/ Henry H. Deible 
Henry H. Deible 
Director 
Date:  March 19, 2021 

By: 

/s/ Robert W. Freeman 
Robert W. Freeman 
Director 
Date:  March 19, 2021 

By: 

/s/ Steven J. Hunter 
Steven J. Hunter 
Director 
Date:  March 19, 2021 

By: 

/s/ Deanna K. McCarrier 
Deanna K. McCarrier 
Director 
Date:  March 19, 2021 

K-32 

FORM 10-K  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Financial Statements 
Table of Contents 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
Consolidated Statements of Net Income 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

F-2
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
F-9

F-1

FINANCIALSCrowe LLP
Independent Member Crowe Global 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Shareholders and the Board of Directors 
Emclaire Financial Corp 
Emlenton, Pennsylvania 

Opinion on the Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Emclaire Financial Corp (the Corporation) as of 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of net income, comprehensive income, changes in 
stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the 
"financial  statements").    In  our  opinion,  the  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial 
position of the Corporation as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for 
the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

Basis for Opinion 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on the Corporation’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with 
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with 
respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of 
the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, 
an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding 
of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the 
Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, 
whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits 
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as 
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis 
for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements 
that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or 
disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective,  or 
complex judgments.  The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial 
statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate 
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. 

Allowance for Loan Losses – Qualitative Factors 

As described in Notes 1 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses is 
a critical accounting estimate that requires significant management judgment in the evaluation of credit quality and the 
application of qualitative factors.  The allowance for loan losses includes components related to loans individually and 
collectively evaluated for impairment. The specific component relates to loans individually evaluated for impairment, 

F-2

FINANCIALSwhich includes loans for which it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect principal and interest when 
due and restructured loans.  The general component relates to loans collectively evaluated for impairment, which is 
based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors.  

The calculation of the general component of the allowance for loan losses involves significant estimates and subjective 
assumptions, which require a high degree of judgment.  The qualitative factors component of the general allowance is 
based on national and local economic and business conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, 
quality  of  loan  review  systems,  and  changes  in  trends,  volume  and  severity  of  past  due,  nonaccrual  and  classified 
loans, and loss and recovery trends.  The amount of the allowance for loan loss allocated is increased or decreased 
for each loan segment based on management’s assessment of these qualitative factors. 

We identified auditing the impact of the qualitative factors in the allowance for loan losses as a critical audit matter as 
it involved especially subjective auditor judgment.  Auditing management’s determination of qualitative factors involved 
especially subjective auditor judgment because management’s estimate relies on an inherently subjective analysis to 
determine the quantitative impact the qualitative factors have on the allowance.  Management’s analysis of these factors 
requires significant judgment. 

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included: 

Substantively testing management’s process, including evaluating their judgments and assumptions, for developing
the qualitative factors which included: 

Evaluating the reliability and relevancy of data used as a basis for the adjustments relating to qualitative 
factors;
Evaluating  the  reasonableness  of  management’s  judgments  related  to  the  qualitative  and  quantitative
assessment of the data used in the determination of qualitative factors and the resulting allocation to the
allowance; 
Analytically evaluating the collectively evaluated for impairment component year over year; 
Verifying the mathematical accuracy of the adjustment factors for the qualitative component; 
Evaluating the reasonableness of the qualitative factor allowance allocation derived by management; 
Recalculating the dollar amount of the reserve derived from the qualitative factor assessment; and 
Agreeing the allowance allocation from the qualitative factor analysis to the overall allowance calculation. 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2010. 

Oak Brook, Illinois 
March 19, 2021 

Crowe LLP

F-3

FINANCIALSConsolidated Balance Sheets 
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data) 

Assets 
Cash and due from banks 
Interest earning deposits with banks 

Total cash and cash equivalents 

Interest earning time deposits 
Securities - available-for-sale 
Securities - equity investments 
Loans held for sale 
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $9,580 and $6,556 
Federal bank stocks, at cost 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Accrued interest receivable 
Premises and equipment, net 
Goodwill 
Core deposit intangible, net 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 

Total Assets 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 
Liabilities 
Deposits: 

Non-interest bearing 
Interest bearing 

Total deposits 
Short-term borrowed funds 
Long-term borrowed funds 
Accrued interest payable 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 

Total Liabilities 

Commitments and Contingent Liabilities (Note 11) 
Stockholders' Equity 
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value, 3,000,000 shares authorized; Series C, non-cumulative preferred 
stock, $2.9 million liquidation value, 286,888 shares issued and outstanding; Series D, non-
cumulative preferred stock, $1.3 million liquidation value, 133,705 shares issued and outstanding 

Common stock, $1.25 par value, 12,000,000 shares authorized; 2,823,229 and 2,810,729 shares 

issued; 2,721,212 and 2,708,712 shares outstanding 

Additional paid-in capital 
Treasury stock, at cost; 102,017 shares 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Total Stockholders' Equity 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

December 31, 
2020 

December 31, 
2019

 $ 

  $ 

  $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,526 
33,913  
37,439  
5,718  
113,041  
15  
75  
800,338  
5,635  
15,468  
3,786  
18,202  
19,460  
1,083  
12,063  
1,032,323  

193,752  
699,875  
893,627  
2,050  
30,000  
474  
14,692  
940,843  
—  

3,750 
11,236  
14,986  
9,698  
120,107  
19  
—  
695,348  
5,790  
15,287  
2,600  
19,041  
19,460  
1,247  
11,713  
915,296  

148,842  
638,282  
787,124  
2,050  
26,500  
616  
13,148  
829,438  
—  

4,206  

4,206  

3,529  
47,200  
(2,114)   
42,143  
(3,484)   
91,480  
1,032,323  

$ 

3,513  
46,757  
(2,114) 
38,831  
(5,335) 
85,858  
915,296  

  $ 

F-4

FINANCIALSYear ended December 31, 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

34,029     $ 

32,507  

2,070    
486    
371    
191    
37,147    

7,165    
131    
766    
8,062    
29,085    
3,247    
25,838    

1,498    
687    
241    
401    
1,536    
4,363    

11,148    
3,300    
164    
841    
538    
6,027    
22,018    
8,183    
1,435    
6,748    
186    
6,562     $ 

2,258  
395  
419  
566  
36,145  

7,087  
183  
813  
8,083  
28,062  
715  
27,347  

2,157  
78  
114  
566  
1,476  
4,391  

11,738  
3,373  
176  
928  
273  
5,634  
22,122  
9,616  
1,662  
7,954  
182  
7,772  

2.42     $ 
2.41     $ 

2.88  
2.86  

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

Consolidated Statements of Net Income 
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data) 

Interest and dividend income 

Loans receivable, including fees 
Securities: 

Taxable 
Exempt from federal income tax 

Federal bank stocks 
Interest earning deposits with banks 

Total interest and dividend income 

Interest expense 

Deposits 
Short-term borrowed funds 
Long-term borrowed funds 
Total interest expense 

Net interest income 

Provision for loan losses 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Noninterest income 

Fees and service charges 
Net gain on sales of available for sale securities 
Net gain on sales of loans 
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance 
Other 

Total noninterest income 

Noninterest expense 

Compensation and employee benefits 
Premises and equipment 
Intangible asset amortization 
Professional fees 
Federal deposit insurance 
Other 

Total noninterest expense 
Income before provision for income taxes 

Provision for income taxes 

Net income 

Preferred stock dividends 

Net income available to common stockholders 

Earnings per common share 

Basic 
Diluted 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-5 

FINANCIALS  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Net income 
Other comprehensive income 

Unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale: 

Unrealized holding gain arising during the period 
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income 

Net period change 

Tax effect 
Net of tax 

Defined benefit pension plans: 

Unrealized holding gain arising during the period 
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income 

Net period change 

Tax effect 
Net of tax 

Total other comprehensive income 

Comprehensive income 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

Year ended December 31, 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

6,748     $ 

7,954  

3,634    
(687)   
2,947    
(619)   
2,328    

(871)   
268    
(603)   
126    
(477)   

  $ 

1,851    
8,599     $ 

1,861  
(78) 
1,783  
(374) 
1,409  

(742) 
252  
(490) 
103  
(387) 

1,022  
8,976  

F-6 

FINANCIALS  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data) 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital - 
Preferred      

Common 
Stock 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital - 
Common      

Treasury 
Stock 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss 

Total 
Stockholders' 
Equity 

Retained 
Earnings     

Preferred 
Stock 

Balance at  

January 1, 2019    $ 

Net income 
Other 

comprehensive 
income 

Cash dividends 
declared on 
preferred stock 
Issuance of common 
stock for restricted 
stock awards 
(10,000 shares) 
Stock compensation 

expense 
Cash dividends 
declared on 
common stock 
($1.16 per share)      

421     $ 
—       

3,785    $ 
—      

3,501    $ 
—      

46,401    $ 
—      

(2,114)   $  34,190    $ 
7,954      

—      

(6,357 )   $ 
—       

79,827  
7,954  

—       

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

1,022       

1,022  

—       

—      

—      

—      

—      

(182)     

—       

(182) 

—       

—       

—      

—      

12      

—      

(12)     

368      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—       

—       

—  

368  

—       

—      

—      

—      

—      

(3,131)     

—       

(3,131) 

Balance at 

December 31, 
2019 

  $ 

421     $ 

3,785    $ 

3,513    $ 

46,757    $ 

(2,114)   $  38,831    $ 

(5,335 )   $ 

85,858  

Balance at  

January 1, 2020    $ 

Net income 
Other 

comprehensive 
income 

Cash dividends 
declared on 
preferred stock 
Issuance of common 
stock for restricted 
stock awards 
(12,500 shares) 
Stock compensation 

expense 
Cash dividends 
declared on 
common stock 
($1.20 per share)      

421     $ 
—       

3,785    $ 
—      

3,513    $ 
—      

46,757    $ 
—      

(2,114)   $  38,831    $ 
6,748      

—      

(5,335 )   $ 
—       

85,858  
6,748  

—       

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

1,851       

1,851  

—       

—      

—      

—      

—      

(186)     

—       

(186) 

—       

—       

—      

—      

16      

—      

(16)     

459      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—       

—       

—  

459  

—       

—      

—      

—      

—      

(3,250)     

—       

(3,250) 

Balance at 

December 31, 
2020 

  $ 

421     $ 

3,785    $ 

3,529    $ 

47,200    $ 

(2,114)   $  42,143    $ 

(3,484 )   $ 

91,480  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-7 

FINANCIALS  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
       
         
         
         
         
         
      
  
         
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except share and per share data) 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

  $ 

6,748     $ 

7,954  

For the year ended  
December 31, 

2020 

2019 

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment 
Provision for loan losses 
Amortization/accretion of premiums, discounts and deferred costs and fees, net 
Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets 
Amortization of intangible assets and mortgage servicing rights 
Realized gain on sales of debt securities, net 
Change in fair value of equity securities 
Net gain on sales of loans 
Net (gain) loss on foreclosed real estate 
Net loss on sale of premises and equipment 
Loans originated for sale 
Proceeds from the sale of loans originated for sale 
Write-down of foreclosed real estate 
Stock compensation expense 
Increase in bank-owned life insurance 
Proceeds from bank-owned life insurance claim 
Decrease (increase) in deferred taxes 
Increase in accrued interest receivable 
Increase in prepaid expenses and other assets 
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable 
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Loan originations and principal collections, net 
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale previously classified as portfolio loans 
Available-for-sale securities: 

Sales 
Maturities, repayments and calls 
Purchases 

Purchase of federal bank stocks 
Redemption of federal bank stocks 
Net change in interest earning time deposits 
Proceeds from surrender of bank-owned life insurance 
Proceeds from the sale of bank premises and equipment 
Purchases of premises and equipment 
Proceeds from the sale of foreclosed real estate 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Net increase in deposits 
Proceeds from long-term debt 
Repayments on long-term debt 
Net change in short-term borrowings 
Dividends paid 

Net cash provided by financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 
Supplemental information: 

Interest paid 
Income taxes paid 

Supplemental noncash disclosure: 

Transfers from loans to foreclosed real estate 
Initial recognition of operating lease right-of-use assets 
Initial recognition of operating lease liabilities 
Transfers from portfolio loans to loans held for sale 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-8 

1,406    
3,247    
(213)   
136    
261    
(687)   
4    
(241)   
3    
277    
(213)   
144    
56    
459    
(401)   
—    
(603)   
(1,186)   
(590)   
(142)   
1,066    
9,531    

(113,305)   
5,260    

43,906    
23,238    
(56,777)   
(3,190)   
3,345    
3,980    
220    
397    
(1,155)   
436    
(93,645)   

106,503    
20,000    
(16,500)   
—    
(3,436)   
106,567    
22,453    
14,986    
37,439     $ 

8,204     $ 
1,350    

590    
—    
—    
5,025    

  $ 

  $ 

1,388  
715  
406  
132  
249  
(78) 
(12) 
(114) 
(49) 
279  
(6,027) 
6,178  
37  
368  
(406) 
(160) 
122  
(30) 
(107) 
121  
(538) 
10,428  

10,791  
967  

36,370  
19,007  
(76,149) 
(1,946) 
2,507  
(2,960) 
—  
251  
(1,809) 
1,109  
(11,862) 

25,578  
—  
(6,000) 
(10,800) 
(3,313) 
5,465  
4,031  
10,955  
14,986  

7,962  
1,410  

645  
1,642  
1,858  
1,004  

FINANCIALS  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

1. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Emclaire Financial Corp 
(the Corporation) and its wholly owned subsidiary, The Farmers National Bank of Emlenton (the Bank).  All significant intercompany 
balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Nature of Operations. The Corporation provides a variety of financial services to individuals and businesses through its offices in 
Pennsylvania and West Virginia. Its primary deposit products are checking, savings and term certificate accounts and its primary lending 
products are residential and commercial mortgages, commercial business loans and consumer loans. 

Use of Estimates and Classifications. In preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted 
accounting principles (GAAP), management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results 
could differ from those estimates. Certain amounts previously reported may have been reclassified to conform to the current year financial 
statement presentation. Such reclassifications did not affect net income or stockholders’ equity.  Additionally, the global spread of the 
coronavirus resulted in business and social disruption and was declared a Public Health Emergency of International Concern by the World 
Health Organization.  The operations and business results of the Corporation could be materially adversely effected.  Significant estimates 
as disclosed in Note 1, including the allowance for loan losses, valuation of financial instruments and the carrying of goodwill may be 
materially adversely impacted by national and local events designed to contain the coronavirus. 

Significant  Group  Concentrations  of  Credit  Risk.  Most  of  the  Corporation’s  activities  are  with  customers  located  within  the 
Western Pennsylvania region of the country. Note 2 discusses the type of securities that the Corporation invests in.  Note 3 discusses the 
types of lending the Corporation engages in. The Corporation does not have any significant concentrations to any one industry or customer. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents. For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on 
hand,  cash  items,  interest-earning  deposits  with  other  financial  institutions  and  federal  funds  sold  and  due  from  correspondent  banks. 
Interest-earning deposits are generally short-term in nature and are carried at cost. Federal funds are generally sold or purchased for one 
day periods. Net cash flows are reported for loan and deposit transactions and short-term borrowings. 

Dividend Restrictions. Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank 

to the Corporation or by the Corporation to stockholders. 

Securities Available for Sale. Debt securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold before maturity. Debt 
securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income, net 
of tax. 

Interest income from securities includes amortization of purchase premium or discount. Discounts on securities are accreted using 
the level yield method through the maturity date.  Premiums are amortized using the level yield method through the first call date.  In the 
absence of a call date, the premium is amortized through the maturity date. Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the trade date and 
determined using the specific identification method. 

Management evaluates debt securities for other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently 
when economic, market or other concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to: (1) the length of time and the extent to which 
the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was 
affected by macroeconomic conditions and (4) whether the Corporation has the intent to sell the security or more likely than not will be 
required to sell the security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis. If the Corporation intends to sell an impaired security, or if it is 
more likely than not the Corporation will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery, the Corporation records an other-
than-temporary loss in an amount equal to the entire difference between fair value and amortized cost through earnings. Otherwise, only 
the credit portion of the estimated loss on debt securities is recognized in earnings, with the other portion of the loss recognized in other 
comprehensive income. 

Equity Securities.  Equity securities are carried at fair value.  The holding gains or losses are reported in net income. 

Loans Receivable. The Corporation grants mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers. A substantial portion of the 
loan portfolio is represented by loans collateralized by real estate primarily located throughout Western Pennsylvania. The ability of the 
Corporation’s debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon real estate and general economic conditions in this area. 

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at their 
outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated 
loans or premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net 
of certain direct origination costs, and premiums and discounts are deferred and recognized in interest income as an adjustment of the 
related loan yield using the interest method. 

F-9 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

1. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

The accrual of interest on all classes of loans is typically discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due unless the credit is 
well secured and in the process of collection. At 120 days past due, all loans are considered nonaccrual. Loans are placed on nonaccrual 
status or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. Nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 
days  still  on  accrual  include  both  smaller  balance  homogeneous  loans  that  are  collectively  evaluated  for  impairment  and  individually 
classified as impaired loans. All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual status or charged-off is reversed 
against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for a return 
to accrual status. Loans are returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and 
future payments are reasonably assured. 

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is established for probable incurred credit losses through a provision for 
loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan 
balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are typically credited to the allowance. 

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of 
the collectability of loans in light of historic experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the 
borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, prevailing economic conditions and other factors. This evaluation 
is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to 
collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans for which 
the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered 
troubled debt restructurings (TDR) and classified as impaired. 

Factors considered by management in determining impairment on all loan classes include demonstrated ability to repay, payment 
status,  collateral  value,  and  the  probability  of  collecting  scheduled  principal  and  interest  payments  when  due.  Loans  that  experience 
insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of 
payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and 
the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the 
shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. 

Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows 
discounted at the loans effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral 
dependent. Large groups of small balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Corporation 
does  not  separately  identify  individual  consumer  and  residential  mortgage  loans  for  impairment  disclosures,  unless  such  loans  are  the 
subject of a restructuring agreement. 

TDRs are separately identified for impairment disclosures and are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows 
using the loan’s effective rate at inception. If a TDR is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair 
value of collateral. For TDRs that subsequently default, the Corporation determines the amount of reserves in accordance with accounting 
policies for the allowance for loan losses. 

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified 
as impaired. The general component covers non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. 
The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Corporation 
over the prior 12 quarters. Qualitative factors considered by management include national and local economic and business conditions, 
changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, quality of loan review systems, and changes in trends, volume and severity of past 
due, nonaccrual and classified loans, and loss and recovery trends. The Corporation’s portfolio segments are as follows: 

Residential mortgages: Residential mortgage loans are loans to consumers utilized for the purchase, refinance or construction of a 
residence.  Changes  in  interest  rates  or  market  conditions  may  impact  a  borrower’s  ability  to  meet  contractual  principal  and  interest 
payments. 

Home equity loans and lines of credit: Home equity loans and lines of credit are credit facilities extended to homeowners who wish 
to utilize the equity in their property in order to borrow funds for almost any consumer purpose. Property values may fluctuate due to 
economic and other factors. 

F-10 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

1. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Commercial real estate: Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial 
loans. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and the repayment of these loans is largely dependent on the successful operation 
of the property. Loan performance may be adversely affected by factors impacting the general economy or conditions specific to real estate 
markets such as geographic location and property type. 

Commercial business: Commercial credit is extended to business customers for use in normal operations to finance working capital 
needs, equipment purchases or other projects. The majority of these borrowers are customers doing business within our geographic region. 
These loans are generally underwritten individually and secured with the assets of the company and the personal guarantee of the business 
owners. Commercial loans are made based primarily on the historical and projected cash flow of the borrower and the underlying collateral 
provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not behave as forecasted and collateral securing loans may fluctuate 
in value due to economic or individual performance factors. 

Consumer: Consumer loans are loans to an individual for non-business purposes such as automobile purchases or debt consolidation. 
These loans are originated based primarily on credit scores and debt-to-income ratios which may be adversely affected by economic or 
individual performance factors. 

Loans Held for Sale. Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate 
cost or fair value, as determined by outstanding commitments from investors. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recorded as a valuation 
allowance and charged to earnings. Mortgage loans held for sale are generally sold with servicing retained. The carrying value of mortgage 
loans sold is reduced by the amount allocated to the servicing right. Gains and losses on sales of mortgages are based on the difference 
between the selling price and the carrying value of the related loan sold. 

Federal Bank Stocks. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (FHLB) and the Federal Reserve Bank 
of Cleveland (FRB). As a member of these federal banking systems, the Bank maintains an investment in the capital stock of the respective 
regional banks. These stocks are held at cost and classified as restricted stock. These stocks are purchased and redeemed at par as directed 
by  the  federal  banks  and  levels  maintained  are  based  primarily  on  borrowing  and  other  correspondent  relationships.  These  stocks  are 
periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income. 

Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI). The Bank purchased life insurance policies on certain key officers and employees. BOLI is 
recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted 
for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement. 

Premises and Equipment. Land is carried at cost. Premises, furniture and equipment, and leasehold improvements are carried at 
cost less accumulated depreciation or amortization. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the 
related assets, which are twenty-five years to forty years for buildings and three to ten years for furniture and equipment. Amortization of 
leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of their estimated useful life or the expected term of 
the leases. Expected terms include lease option periods to the extent that the exercise of such option is reasonably assured. Premises and 
equipment are reviewed for impairment when events indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash 
flows. If impaired, assets are recorded at fair value. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets. Goodwill results from business acquisitions and represents the excess of the purchase price over 
the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities. Core deposit intangible assets arise from whole bank or branch acquisitions and are measured 
at  fair  value  and  then  are  amortized  over  their  estimated  useful  lives.  Goodwill  is  not  amortized  but  is  assessed  at  least  annually  for 
impairment, and more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value below 
the  carrying  amount.   An  initial  qualitative  evaluation  is  made  to  assess  the  likelihood  of  impairment  and  determine  whether  further 
quantitative testing to calculate the fair value is necessary.  When the qualitative evaluation indicates that impairment is more likely than 
not, quantitative testing is required whereby the fair value of each reporting unit is calculated and compared to the recorded book value.  If 
the calculated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not considered impaired.  In the event of an impairment, 
any such charges is recognized as a deduction from earnings in the period identified in an amount equal to the difference.   The Corporation 
performs  an  annual  assessment  as  of  November  30  each  year.   Goodwill  is  the  only  intangible  asset  with  an  indefinite  life  on  the 
Corporation’s balance sheet. 

Servicing  Assets.  Servicing  assets  represent  the  allocated  value  of  retained  servicing  rights  on  loans  sold.  Servicing  assets  are 
expensed in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing revenues. Impairment is evaluated based on the fair value of the 
assets, using groupings of the underlying loans as to interest rates. Fair value is determined using prices for similar assets with similar 
characteristics, when available, or based upon discounted cash flows using market-based assumptions. Any impairment of a grouping is 
reported as a valuation allowance, to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount for a grouping.  At December 31, 2020 
and 2019, the outstanding balance of loans serviced for other totaled $26.8 million and $32.8 million, respectively, and are not included in 
the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet.   At  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  the  mortgage  servicing  rights  associated  with  these 
outstanding balances were $165,000 and $211,000, respectively, and are included with other assets in the consolidated balance sheet.  In 
addition, for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Corporation recognized $80,000 and $85,000, respectively, for the servicing 
of these loans and is recorded in other noninterest income.  

F-11 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

1. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Other  Real  Estate  Acquired  Through  Foreclosure  (OREO).  Real  estate  properties  acquired  through  foreclosure  are  initially 
recorded at fair value less cost to sell when acquired, thereby establishing a new cost basis for the asset. These assets are subsequently 
accounted for at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation 
allowance is recorded through expense. Revenue and expenses from operations of the properties, gains and losses on sales and additions to 
the valuation allowance are included in operating results. Real estate acquired through foreclosure is classified in prepaid expenses and 
other  assets  and  totaled  $344,000  and  $249,000 at  December 31,  2020 and  2019,  respectively.  Loans  secured  by  residential  real estate 
properties  for  which  formal  foreclosure  proceedings  are  in process  totaled  $1.3 million and  $545,000 at  December 31,  2020 and  2019, 
respectively. 

Treasury Stock. Common stock purchased for treasury is recorded at cost. At the date of subsequent reissue, the treasury stock 

account is reduced by the cost of such stock on the first-in, first-out basis. 

Income Taxes. Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax 
assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying 
amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax 
assets to the amount expected to be realized. A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position 
would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of 
tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, 
no tax benefit is recorded. The Corporation recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. 

Earnings Per Common Share (EPS). Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income available to common 
stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS includes the dilutive effect of 
additional potential common shares issuable under stock options and restricted stock awards. 

Comprehensive  Income.  Comprehensive  income  includes  net  income  and  other  comprehensive  income  (loss).  Other 
comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of unrealized holding gains and losses on securities available for sale and changes in the funded 
status of pension which are also recognized as separate components of equity. 

Operating Segments. Operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a corporate-wide basis. Accordingly, all 

financial services operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment. 

Retirement Plans.  The  Corporation maintains  a  noncontributory  defined  benefit plan covering eligible employees  and  officers. 
Effective January 1, 2009 the plan was closed to new participants. The Corporation provided the requisite notice to plan participants on 
March 12, 2013 of the determination to freeze the plan (curtailment).  Therefore, employees ceased to earn benefits as of January 1, 2013. 
This amendment to the plan did not affect benefits earned by the participant prior to the date of the freeze. The Corporation also maintains 
a 401(k) plan, which covers substantially all employees, and a supplemental executive retirement plan for key executive officers. 

Stock Compensation Plans. Compensation expense is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued based on the 
fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market 
price of the Corporation’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. Compensation expense is recognized over 
the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. It is the Corporation’s policy to issue shares on the vesting date for 
restricted stock awards. Unvested restricted stock awards do not receive dividends declared by the Corporation. 

Transfers  of  Financial  Assets.  Transfers  of  financial  assets  are  accounted  for  as  sales  when  control  over  the  assets  has  been 
surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Corporation, (2) 
the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred 
assets, and (3) the Corporation does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them 
before their maturity. 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments. In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation has entered into off-balance sheet 
financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, commitments under line of credit lending arrangements and letters of 
credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded. 

F-12 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

1. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and 
other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment 
regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes 
in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect these estimates. 

Loss Contingencies. Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded 
as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not 
believe there currently are such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements. 

 Newly Issued Not Yet Effective Accounting Standards.  In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued 
Accounting  Standards  Update  (ASU)  2016-13,  “Financial  Instruments  -  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326):  Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on 
Financial  Instruments”.  ASU  2016-13  significantly  changes  the  way  impairment  of  financial  instruments  is  recognized  by  requiring 
immediate recognition of estimated credit losses expected to occur over the remaining life of the financial instruments. The main provisions 
of the guidance include (1) replacing the “incurred loss” approach under current GAAP with an “expected loss” model for instruments 
measured at amortized cost, (2) requiring entities to record an allowance for available-for-sale debt securities rather than reduce the carrying 
amount  of  the  investments,  as  is  required  by  the  other-than-temporary  impairment  model  under  current  GAAP,  and  (3)  a  simplified 
accounting  model  for  purchased  credit-impaired  debt  securities  and  loans.  The  ASU  was  originally effective  for  interim  and  annual 
reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. However, on October 16, 2019, FASB announced a 
delay for the effective date of this ASU for smaller reporting companies until fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022.  As the 
Corporation is a smaller reporting company, the delay would be applicable.  Management has selected a software vendor and is currently 
working through the implementation process.  The Corporation is reviewing available historical information in order to assess the expected 
credit losses and determine the impact the adoption of ASU 2016-13 will have on the financial statements. 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, "Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Defined Benefit Plans".  ASU 2018-14 
removes disclosures pertaining to (a) the amounts of AOCI expected to be recognized as pension costs over the next fiscal year, (b) the 
amount and timing of plan assets expected to be returned to the employer, and (c) the effect of one-percentage-point change in the assumed 
health care trends on (i) service and interest costs and (ii) post-retirement health care benefit obligation.  A disclosure will be added requiring 
an explanation of the reasons for significant gains and losses related to changes in the benefit obligation for the period.  The amendments 
in this update are effective retrospectively for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 
15, 2020.  The Corporation does not expect ASU 2018-14 to have a material impact on its financial statements and disclosures. 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, "Income Taxes - Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes".  ASU 2019-
12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020.  Certain provisions under ASU 2019-12 require prospective application, 
some  require  modified  retrospective  adoption,  while  other  provisions  require  retrospective  application  to  all  periods  presented  in  the 
consolidated financial statements upon adoption.  The Corporation is currently evaluating the effect that this ASU will have on its financial 
statements and disclosures. 

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, "Reference Rate Reform".  ASU 2020-04 contains optional guidance to ease the 
potential burden in accounting for, or recognizing the effects from, reference rate reform on financial reporting.  The new standard is a 
result of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) likely being discontinued as a benchmark rate.  The standard is elective and provides 
optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, or other transactions that reference LIBOR, or 
another reference rate that may be discontinued.  This ASU became effective upon issuance and generally can be applied through December 
31, 2022.  The Corporation has identified fourteen purchased participation loans totaling $40.4 million in outstanding balances and two 
tax-exempt commercial business loans totaling $2.5 million in outstanding balances tied to the LIBOR reference rate.  The Corporation has 
not yet made any contract modifications related to the outstanding loans, however, does not expect any changes to have a material impact 
on financial statements or disclosures. 

F-13 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

1. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Adoption  of  New  Accounting  Policies.  In  January  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-04,  "Simplifying  the  Test  for  Goodwill 
Impairment". This ASU simplifies the measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Instead, under 
this amendment, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit 
with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the 
reporting  unit’s  fair  value;  however,  the  loss  should  not  exceed  the  total  amount  of  goodwill  allocated  to  that  reporting  unit.   The 
Corporation  has  goodwill  from  prior  business  combinations  and  performs  an  annual  impairment  test  or  more  frequently  if  changes  or 
circumstances occur that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value.  ASU 2017-04 was 
effective on January 1, 2020 and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Corporation's financial statement disclosures. 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, "Fair Value Measurement".  ASU 2018-13 eliminates, adds and modifies certain 
disclosure  requirements  for  fair  value  measurements.   Disclosures  for  transfers  between  Level  1  and  Level  2,  the  policy  for  timing  of 
transfers  between  levels,  and  the  valuation  processes  for  Level  3  fair  value  measurement  were removed.   Additional  disclosures 
were required relating to (a) changes in unrealized gains/losses in OCI for Level 3 fair value measurements for assets held at the end of the 
reporting period, and (b) the process of calculating weighted average for significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value 
measurements.  ASU  2018-03 was  effective on  January  1,  2020  and  the  adoption  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Corporation's 
financial statement disclosures. 

2. 

Securities 

Equity Securities. The Corporation held equity securities with fair values of $15,000 and $19,000 as of December 31, 2020 and 
2019, respectively.  Changes in the fair value of these securities are included in other income on the consolidated statements of net income 
and is included in other noninterest income on the consolidated statement of income.  The Corporation recognized a loss of $4,000 and a 
gain of $12,000 on the equity securities held at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Debt Securities - Available for Sale. The following table summarizes the Corporation’s securities as of December 31: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

December 31, 2020: 

U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies 
U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities: residential 
U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations: residential 
State and political subdivisions 
Corporate debt securities 

Total securities available-for-sale 

December 31, 2019: 

U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies 
U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities: residential 
U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations: residential 
State and political subdivisions 
Corporate debt securities 

Total securities available-for-sale 

Amortized 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

     Fair Value    

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

3,036    $ 
16,151      
15,658      
53,834      
21,553      
110,232    $ 

7,069    $ 
40,868      
33,001      
27,848      
11,459      
120,245    $ 

11     $ 

436    
263    
1,781    
434    
2,925     $ 

14     $ 

291    
71    
217    
93    
686     $ 

(40)   $ 
(6)     
(10)     
(38)     
(22)     
(116)   $ 

(6)   $ 
(84)     
(235)     
(269)     
(230)     
(824)   $ 

3,007  
16,581  
15,911  
55,577  
21,965  
113,041  

7,077  
41,075  
32,837  
27,796  
11,322  
120,107  

Securities with carrying values of $36.0 million and $22.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, were pledged 

to secure public deposits and for other purposes required or permitted by law. 

Gains on sales of available for sale debt securities for the years ended December 31 were as follows:  

Proceeds 
Gains 
Losses 
Tax provision related to gains (losses) 

  $ 

2020 

2019 

43,906     $ 
699    
(12)   
144    

36,370  
135  
(57) 
16  

F-14 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
      
        
    
    
        
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
      
        
    
    
        
  
      
        
    
    
        
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
   
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

2. 

Securities (continued) 

The  following  table  summarizes  scheduled  maturities  of  the  Corporation’s  debt  securities  as  of  December 31,  2020.  Expected 
maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or 
prepayment penalties. Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are not due at a single maturity and are shown 
separately. 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Available-for-sale 

Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 
Mortgage-backed securities: residential 
Collateralized mortgage obligations: residential 

Total securities available-for-sale 

  $ 

  $ 

Amortized 
Cost 

497     $ 

4,547    
25,648    
47,731    
16,151    
15,658    
110,232     $ 

Fair Value    
500  
4,631  
26,215  
49,203  
16,581  
15,911  
113,041  

Information pertaining to securities with gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2020 and 2019 aggregated by investment category 

and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position are included in the table below:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

   Less than 12 Months 

12 Months or More 

Total 

  Fair Value    

Unrealized 
Loss 

     Fair Value     

Unrealized 
Loss 

     Fair Value     

Unrealized 
Loss 

December 31, 2020: 

U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies 
  $ 
U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities: residential     
U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations: 

residential 

State and political subdivisions 
Corporate debt securities 

Total 

  $ 

December 31, 2019: 

U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies 
  $ 
U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities: residential     
U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations: 

1,996    $ 
1,547      

1,515      
1,705      
2,509      
9,272    $ 

(40 )    $ 
(6 )      

(4 )      
(11 )      
(10 )      
(71 )    $ 

—    $ 
—      

—     $ 
—       

1,996    $ 
1,547      

4,845      
1,641      
988      
7,474    $ 

6,360      
(6)      
3,346      
(27)      
(12)      
3,497      
(45)    $  16,746    $ 

—    $ 
14,578      

—      $ 
(76 )      

2,032    $ 
2,325      

(6)    $ 
(8)      

2,032    $ 
16,903      

residential 

State and political subdivisions 
Corporate debt securities 

Total 

12,319      
15,636      
4,031      
  $  46,564    $ 

11,621      
(32 )      
—      
(269 )      
(229 )      
499      
(606 )    $  16,477    $ 

(203)      
—       
(1)      

23,940      
15,636      
4,530      
(218)    $  63,041    $ 

(40) 
(6) 

(10) 
(38) 
(22) 
(116) 

(6) 
(84) 

(235) 
(269) 
(230) 
(824) 

Management evaluates debt securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when 
economic, market or other conditions warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the 
fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was 
affected by macroeconomic conditions and (4) whether the Corporation has the intent to sell the security or more likely than not will be 
required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If the Corporation intends to sell an impaired security, or if it is 
more likely than not the Corporation will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery, the Corporation records an other-
than-temporary loss in an amount equal to the entire difference between fair value and amortized cost. Otherwise, only the credit portion 
of the estimated loss on debt securities is recognized in earnings, with the other portion of the loss recognized in other comprehensive 
income. 

F-15 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
      
         
         
         
         
         
  
    
    
    
  
      
         
         
         
         
         
  
      
         
         
         
         
         
  
    
    
    
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

2. 

Securities (continued) 

There were 20 debt securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2020, of which 7 were in an unrealized loss position 
for more than 12 months. Of these 20 securities, 7 were corporate securities, 6 were collateralized mortgage obligations (issued by U.S. 
government  sponsored  entities),  4 were  state  and  political  subdivisions  securities,  2 were mortgage-backed  securities  and  1 was a  U.S. 
government sponsored entities and agencies security. The unrealized losses associated with these securities were not due to the deterioration 
in the credit quality of the issuer that is likely to result in the non-collection of contractual principal and interest, but rather have been 
caused by a rise in interest rates from the time the securities were purchased. Based on that evaluation and other general considerations, 
and given that the Corporation’s current intention is not to sell any impaired securities and it is more likely than not it will not be required 
to sell these securities before the recovery of its amortized cost basis, the Corporation does not consider the debt securities with unrealized 
losses as of December 31, 2020 to be other-than-temporarily impaired. 

3. 

Loans Receivable and Related Allowance for Loan Losses 

The following table summarizes the Corporation’s loans receivable as of December 31: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Mortgage loans on real estate: 
Residential first mortgages 
Home equity loans and lines of credit 
Commercial real estate 

Total real estate loans 

Other loans: 

Commercial business 
Consumer 

Total other loans 

Total loans, gross 
Less allowance for loan losses 
Total loans, net 

December 31, 
2020 

December 31, 
2019 

  $ 

  $ 

308,031      $ 
87,088     
285,625     
680,744     

89,139     
40,035     
129,174     
809,918     
9,580     
800,338      $ 

293,170  
97,541  
229,951  
620,662  

66,603  
14,639  
81,242  
701,904  
6,556  
695,348  

Included in total loans above are net deferred costs of $2.5 million and $2.6 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  In 
addition,  included  in  commercial  loans  at  December  31,  2020  are  $30.4  million  of  Paycheck  Protection  Program  (PPP)  loans  that  are 
guaranteed by the Small Business Administration (SBA).  The Corporation received $2.1 million of fees related to the origination of these 
loans, of which $1.3 million was recognized in 2020 and $795,000 will be recognized in 2021 upon forgiveness by the SBA. 

An allowance for loan losses (ALL) is maintained to absorb probable incurred losses from the loan portfolio. The ALL is based on 
management’s continuing evaluation of the risk characteristics and credit quality of the loan portfolio, assessment of current economic 
conditions,  diversification  and  size  of  the  portfolio,  adequacy  of  collateral,  past  and  anticipated  loss  experience  and  the  amount  of 
nonperforming loans.  While to Corporation has historically experienced strong trends in asset quality, as a result of the situation regarding 
the COVID-19 pandemic, management has recognized the need to incorporate factors into the allowance evaluation to help compensate 
for the effects of any credit deterioration due to the current economic situation. 

Management  reviews  the  loan  portfolio  on  a  quarterly  basis  using  a  defined,  consistently  applied  process  in  order  to  make 
appropriate and timely adjustments to the ALL. When information confirms all or part of specific loans to be uncollectible, these amounts 
are promptly charged off against the ALL. 

Following is an analysis of the changes in the ALL for the years ended December 31: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Balance at the beginning of the year 
Provision for loan losses 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Balance at the end of the year 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

  $ 

6,556     $ 
3,247    
(473)   
250    
9,580     $ 

6,508  
715  
(913) 
246  
6,556  

F-16 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
   
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

3. 

Loans Receivable and Related Allowance for Loan Losses (continued) 

The following table details activity in the ALL and the recorded investment by portfolio segment based on impairment method at 

December 31, 2020 and 2019: 

Home 
Equity 

  Residential      & Lines       Commercial      Commercial       
   Mortgages       of Credit      Real Estate       Business 

    Consumer      Total 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
At December 31, 2020: 
Beginning Balance 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Provision 

Ending Balance 

  $ 

  $ 

2,309    $ 
(27)     
6      
486      
2,774    $ 

626    $ 
(126)     
15      
105      
620    $ 

2,898    $ 
(75)     
107      
2,250      
5,180    $ 

Ending ALL balance attributable to loans: 
Individually evaluated for impairment 
  $ 
Acquired loans collectively evaluated for impairment      
Originated loans collectively evaluated for 

—    $ 
—      

—    $ 
—      

40    $ 
—      

impairment 
Total 

2,774      
2,774    $ 

620      
620    $ 

5,140      
5,180    $ 

  $ 

636    $ 
(163)     
70      
134      
677    $ 

20    $ 
—      

657      
677    $ 

87    $ 
(82)     
52      
272      
329    $ 

6,556  
(473)
250  
3,247  
9,580  

—    $ 
—      

60  
—  

329      
329    $ 

9,520  
9,580  

Total loans: 
Individually evaluated for impairment 
  $ 
Acquired loans collectively evaluated for impairment      
Originated loans collectively evaluated for 

impairment 
Total 

At December 31, 2019: 
Beginning Balance 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Provision 

Ending Balance 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Ending ALL balance attributable to loans: 
Individually evaluated for impairment 
  $ 
Acquired loans collectively evaluated for impairment      
Originated loans collectively evaluated for 

329    $ 
44,209      

3    $ 
8,491      

1,639    $ 
30,913      

143    $ 
5,131      

—    $ 

2,114  
1,017       89,761  

263,493       78,594      
308,031    $  87,088    $ 

253,073      
285,625    $ 

83,865      
89,139    $ 

39,018       718,043  
40,035    $  809,918  

2,198    $ 
(227)     
40      
298      
2,309    $ 

648    $ 
(61)     
6      
33      
626    $ 

3,106    $ 
(242)     
134      
(100)     
2,898    $ 

5    $ 
—      

—    $ 
—      

—    $ 
—      

500    $ 
(250)     
—      
386      
636    $ 

—    $ 
—      

636      
636    $ 

56    $ 
(133)     
66      
98      
87    $ 

6,508  
(913)
246  
715  
6,556  

—    $ 
—      

5  
—  

87      
87    $ 

6,551  
6,556  

impairment 
Total 

2,304      
2,309    $ 

626      
626    $ 

2,898      
2,898    $ 

  $ 

Total loans: 
Individually evaluated for impairment 
  $ 
Acquired loans collectively evaluated for impairment      
Originated loans collectively evaluated for 

358    $ 

4    $ 
60,523       10,901      

81    $ 
41,993      

40    $ 
7,930      

—    $ 

483  
1,982       123,329  

impairment 
Total 

232,289       86,636      
293,170    $  97,541    $ 

187,877      
229,951    $ 

  $ 

58,633      
66,603    $ 

12,657       578,092  
14,639    $  701,904  

The allowance for loan losses is based on estimates, and actual losses will vary from current estimates. Management believes that 
the granularity of the homogeneous pools and the related historical loss ratios and other qualitative factors, as well as the consistency in 
the application of assumptions, result in an ALL that is representative of the risk found in the components of the portfolio at any given date. 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, there was no allowance for loan losses allocated to loans acquired from United American Savings 
Bank (2016), Northern Hancock Bank and Trust Co. (2017) or Community First Bancorp, Inc (2018) because the unaccreted purchase 
discount still exceeded the calculated allowance. 

F-17 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
    
  
    
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
       
        
         
         
        
        
  
    
    
    
  
       
        
         
         
        
        
  
       
        
         
         
        
        
  
    
  
       
        
         
         
        
        
  
       
        
         
         
        
        
  
    
  
       
        
         
         
        
        
  
       
        
         
         
        
        
  
    
    
    
  
       
        
         
         
        
        
  
       
        
         
         
        
        
  
    
  
       
        
         
         
        
        
  
       
        
         
         
        
        
  
    
  
       
        
         
         
        
        
  
 
  
  
   
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

3. 

Loans Receivable and Related Allowance for Loan Losses (continued) 

The following tables present impaired loans by class, segregated by those for which a specific allowance was required and those 

for which a specific allowance was not necessary as of December 31:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Impaired Loans with Specific Allowance 

Residential first mortgages 
Home equity and lines of credit 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 
Total 

Residential first mortgages 
Home equity and lines of credit 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 
Total 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Residential first mortgages 
Home equity and lines of credit 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 
Total 

Residential first mortgages 
Home equity and lines of credit 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 
Total 

As of December 31, 2020 

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance      

Recorded 
Investment     

Related 
Allowance     

     For the year ended December 31, 2020    
Interest 
Income 
Recognized 
in Period 

Cash Basis 
Interest 
Recognized 
in Period 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment     

  $ 

  $ 

—    $ 
—      
380      
78      
—      
458    $ 

—    $ 
—      
380      
78      
—      
458    $ 

—    $ 
—      
40      
20      
—      
60    $ 

43    $ 
2      
106      
53      
—      
204    $ 

—    $ 
—      
17      
5      
—      
22    $ 

—  
—  
11  
4  
—  
15  

   As of December 31, 2020      

For the year ended December 31, 2020 

Impaired Loans with No Specific Allowance 

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance 

Recorded 
Investment      

Average 
Recorded 
Investment      

Interest Income 
Recognized in 
Period 

Cash Basis 
Interest 
Recognized in 
Period 

  $ 

  $ 

440    $ 
3      
1,259      
65      
—      
1,767    $ 

329    $ 
3      
1,259      
65      
—      
1,656    $ 

300    $ 
2      
1,167      
80      
—      
1,549    $ 

7    $ 
—      
76      
10      
—      
93    $ 

7  
—  
66  
6  
—  
79  

Impaired Loans with Specific Allowance 

As of December 31, 2019 

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance      

Recorded 
Investment     

Related 
Allowance     

     For the year ended December 31, 2019    
Interest 
Income 
Recognized 
in Period 

Cash Basis 
Interest 
Recognized 
in Period 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment     

  $ 

  $ 

72    $ 
4      
—      
—      
—      
76    $ 

72    $ 
4      
—      
—      
—      
76    $ 

5    $ 
—      
—      
—      
—      
5    $ 

72    $ 
5      
—      
—      
—      
77    $ 

3    $ 
—      
—      
—      
—      
3    $ 

3  
—  
—  
—  
—  
3  

   As of December 31, 2019      

For the year ended December 31, 2019 

Impaired Loans with No Specific Allowance 

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance 

Recorded 
Investment      

Average 
Recorded 
Investment      

Interest Income 
Recognized in 
Period 

Cash Basis 
Interest 
Recognized in 
Period 

286    $ 
—      
81      
40      
—      
407    $ 

301    $ 
—      
1,019      
79      
—      
1,399    $ 

4    $ 
—      
88      
7      
—      
99    $ 

4   
—   
35   
2   
—   
41   

  $ 

  $ 

398     $ 
—       
81       
40       
—       
519     $ 

F-18 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
      
         
         
         
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
 
  
  
      
         
         
         
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

 3. 

Loans Receivable and Related Allowance for Loan Losses (continued) 

Unpaid principal balance includes any loans that have been partially charged off but not forgiven. Accrued interest is not included 

in the recorded investment in loans presented above or in the tables that follow based on the amounts not being material. 

Troubled debt restructurings (TDR). The Corporation has certain loans that have been modified in order to maximize collection of 
loan balances. If, for economic or legal reasons related to the customer’s financial difficulties, management grants a concession compared 
to the original terms and conditions of the loan that it would not have otherwise considered, the modified loan is classified as a TDR. 
Concessions related to TDRs generally do not include forgiveness of principal balances. The Corporation has no legal obligation to extend 
additional credit to borrowers with loans classified as TDRs. 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Corporation had $396,000 and $409,000, respectively, of loans classified as TDRs, which are 
included in impaired loans above. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Corporation had $6,000 and $5,000, respectively, of the allowance 
for loan losses allocated to these specific loans. 

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation modified one commercial term loan with a recorded investment of 
$64,000.  In order to cure the delinquency on the loan, the maturity date was extended by 32 months and the loan payments reamortized 
over the extended period.  At December 31, 2020, there was $6,000 of allowance for loan losses allocated to this loan.  The modification 
did not have a material impact on the Corporation's income statement during the period.  During the year ended December 31, 2019, the 
Corporation  initially  reported  one  modified  commercial  mortgage  loans  with  a  recorded  investment  of  $67,000.   Subsequently,  it was 
determined that the parameters applied to the loan did not required reporting as a TDR.  As a result, the Corporation did not have any loans 
modified to TDR status for the year ending December 31, 2019. 

A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 30 days contractually past due under the modified terms. During the year 
ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no loans classified as TDRs which defaulted within twelve months of their modification. 

Under the provisions of the CARES Act, as of December 31, 2020, the Corporation had granted modifications on 410 loans with 
an aggregate balance of $110.4 million, representing 13.6% of gross outstanding loan balances.  As of February 28, 2021, 28 loans with an 
aggregate balance of $35.4 million remained on deferral while 382 loans with an aggregate balance of $75.0 million have resumed normal 
repayment or paid off.  Also, as of February 28, 2021, hospitality (hotel and restaurant) loans comprised $32.8 million, or 92.7% of the 
loans remaining on deferral.  The characteristics of these modifications are considered short-term and do not result in a reclassification of 
these loans to TDR status. 

Credit Quality Indicators. Management categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of 
borrowers  to  service  their  debt  such  as:  current  financial  information,  historical  payment  experience,  credit  documentation,  public 
information and current economic trends, among other factors. 

Commercial real estate and commercial business loans not identified as impaired are evaluated as risk rated pools of loans utilizing 
a risk rating practice that is supported by a quarterly special asset review. In this review process, strengths and weaknesses are identified, 
evaluated  and  documented  for  each  criticized  and  classified  loan  and  borrower,  strategic  action  plans  are  developed,  risk  ratings  are 
confirmed and the loan’s performance status reviewed. 

Management has determined certain portions of the loan portfolio to be homogeneous in nature and assigns like reserve factors for 
the following loan pool types: residential real estate, home equity loans and lines of credit, and consumer installment and personal lines of 
credit. These homogeneous loans are not rated unless identified as impaired. 

Management uses the following definitions for risk ratings: 

Pass: Loans classified as pass typically exhibit good payment performance and have underlying borrowers with acceptable financial 
trends where repayment capacity is evident. These borrowers typically would have sufficient cash flow that would allow them to weather 
an economic downturn and the value of any underlying collateral could withstand a moderate degree of depreciation due to economic 
conditions. 

Special Mention: Loans classified as special mention are characterized by potential weaknesses that could jeopardize repayment as 
contractually agreed. These loans may exhibit adverse trends such as increasing leverage, shrinking profit margins and/or deteriorating 
cash flows. These borrowers would inherently be more vulnerable to the application of economic pressures. 

Substandard: Loans classified as substandard exhibit weaknesses that are well-defined to the point that repayment is jeopardized. 

Typically, the Corporation is no longer adequately protected by both the apparent net worth and repayment capacity of the borrower. 

Doubtful: Loans classified as doubtful have advanced to the point that collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently 

ascertainable facts, conditions and value, is highly questionable or improbable. 

F-19 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

3. 

Loans Receivable and Related Allowance for Loan Losses (continued) 

The following table presents the classes of the loan portfolio summarized by the aggregate pass and the criticized categories of 

special mention, substandard and doubtful within the Corporation’s internal risk rating system as of December 31, 2020 and 2019: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

December 31, 2020: 
Residential first mortgages 
Home equity and lines of credit 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 

Total loans 

December 31, 2019: 
Residential first mortgages 
Home equity and lines of credit 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 

Total loans 

   Not Rated      

Pass 

Special 
Mention 

     Substandard      Doubtful      

Total 

  $  306,237    $ 
86,867      
—      
—      
39,987      

—    $ 
—      
249,357      
83,059      
—      
  $  433,091    $  332,416    $ 

—    $ 
—      
19,669      
2,054      
—      
21,723    $ 

  $  291,843    $ 
97,087      
—      
—      
14,557      

—    $ 
—      
216,744      
64,636      
—      
  $  403,487    $  281,380    $ 

—    $ 
—      
5,370      
204      
—      
5,574    $ 

1,794     $ 
221       
16,599       
4,026       
48       
22,688     $ 

1,327     $ 
454       
7,837       
1,763       
82       
11,463     $ 

—    $  308,031   
87,088   
—      
285,625   
—      
89,139   
—      
—      
40,035   
—    $  809,918   

—    $  293,170   
97,541   
—      
229,951   
—      
66,603   
—      
—      
14,639   
—    $  701,904   

Management  further  monitors  the  performance and  credit  quality  of  the  loan  portfolio by  analyzing  the  age  of  the  portfolio  as 
determined  by  the  length  of  time  a  required  payment  is  past  due.  As  of  December  31,  2020,  the  Corporation  had  made  short-term 
modifications such as payment deferrals, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or other delays in payment for borrowers.  Under the 
Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act), borrowers that are considered current are those that are less than 30 
days past due on their contractual payments at the time a modification program is implemented.  As such, the modifications made under 
the CARES Act are not included in the Corporation's past due or nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2020.  The following table presents 
the classes of the loan portfolio summarized by the aging categories of performing loans and nonperforming loans as of December 31, 
2020 and 2019: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

December 31, 2020: 
Residential first mortgages 
Home equity and lines of credit 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 

Total loans 

December 31, 2019: 
Residential first mortgages 
Home equity and lines of credit 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 

Total loans 

Accruing 
Loans Not 
Past Due      

Performing 
Accruing 
30-59 Days 

Accruing 
60-89 Days 

Past Due      

Past Due      

Nonperforming 

Accruing 
90+ Days 
Past Due       Nonaccrual     

Total 

  $  304,161    $ 
86,093      
283,373      
88,614      
39,917      
  $  802,158    $ 

  $  288,399    $ 
95,908      
226,133      
66,087      
14,458      
  $  690,985    $ 

1,836    $ 
446      
580      
72      
28      
2,962    $ 

2,405    $ 
626      
2,141      
225      
84      
5,481    $ 

239    $ 
328      
41      
46      
42      
696    $ 

1,039    $ 
553      
543      
72      
15      
2,222    $ 

176    $ 
146      
18      
239      
—      
579    $ 

372    $ 
26      
227      
4      
—      
629    $ 

75       
1,613       
168       
48       

1,619     $  308,031  
87,088  
285,625  
89,139  
40,035  
3,523     $  809,918  

955     $  293,170  
97,541  
428       
229,951  
907       
66,603  
215       
14,639  
82       
2,587     $  701,904  

F-20 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
 
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
    
      
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
 
  
   
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

3. 

Loans Receivable and Related Allowance for Loan Losses (continued) 

The following table presents the Corporation’s nonaccrual loans by aging category as of December 31, 2020 and 2019: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

December 31, 2020: 
Residential first mortgages 
Home equity and lines of credit 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 

Total loans 

December 31, 2019: 
Residential first mortgages 
Home equity and lines of credit 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 

Total loans 

4. 

Federal Bank Stocks 

Not Past 
Due 

30-59 Days 

60-89 Days 

Past Due      

Past Due      

90 Days + 
Past Due      

Total 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

220    $ 
4      
1,016      
168      
—      
1,408    $ 

245    $ 
4      
28      
—      
—      
277    $ 

70    $ 
—      
—      
—      
—      
70    $ 

—    $ 
—      
309      
—      
—      
309    $ 

—    $ 
—      
24      
—      
—      
24    $ 

72    $ 
—      
31      
175      
—      
278    $ 

1,329    $ 
71      
573      
—      
48      
2,021    $ 

638    $ 
424      
539      
40      
82      
1,723    $ 

1,619  
75  
1,613  
168  
48  
3,523  

955  
428  
907  
215  
82  
2,587  

The Bank is a member of the FHLB and the FRB. As a member of these federal banking systems, the Bank maintains an investment 
in the capital stock of the respective regional banks, which are carried at cost. These stocks are purchased and redeemed at par as directed 
by the federal banks and levels maintained are based primarily on borrowing and other correspondent relationships. The Bank’s investment 
in  FHLB  and  FRB  stocks  was  $3.8 million  and  $1.8 million,  respectively,  at  December 31,  2020,  and  $4.0  million  and  $1.8 million, 
respectively, at December 31, 2019. 

5. 

Premises, Equipment and Leases 

Premises and Equipment 

Premises and equipment at December 31 are summarized by major classification as follows: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Land 
Buildings and improvements 
Leasehold improvements 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 
Software 
Construction in progress 

Total 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization 

Net premises and equipment 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

  $ 

5,290     $ 

15,228    
1,541    
10,749    
3,440    
2    
36,250    
18,048    
18,202     $ 

5,269  
15,127  
1,522  
10,539  
3,397  
321  
36,175  
17,134  
19,041  

Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2020 and  2019 were  $1.4 million  and  $1.4 million, 

respectively. 

F-21 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

5. 

Premises, Equipment and Leases (continued) 

Leases 

As of December 31, 2020, the Corporation leases real estate for five branch offices under various operating lease agreements.  The 
lease agreements have maturity dates ranging from August 2025 to December 2056, including all extension periods.  There are currently 
no circumstances in which the leases would be terminated before expiration.  The weighted average remaining life of the lease term for 
these leases was 12.45 years as of December 31, 2020 compared to 12.99 years as of December 31,2019. 

The  discount  rate  used  in  determining  the  lease  liability  for  each  individual  lease  was  the  FHLB  fixed  advance  rate  which 
corresponded with the remaining lease terms as of January 1, 2019 for leases that existed at adoption.  This methodology will be continued 
for  the  commencement  of  any  subsequent  lease  agreements.   The  weighted  average  discount  rate  for  the  leases  was  was  3.51%  as  of 
December 31, 2020 compared to 3.49% as of December 31, 2019. 

The total operating lease costs were $192,000 and $194,000, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.  The 
right-of-use asset, included in other assets, and lease liability, included in other liabilities, were $1.4 million and $1.6 million, respectively, 
as of December 31, 2020, and $1.5 million and $1.7 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2019. 

Total estimated rental commitments for the operating leases were as follows as of December 31, 2020: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Year ending December 31: 

2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
Thereafter 

Total minimum lease payments 

Discount effect of cash flows 

Present value of lease liabilities 

6. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

  $ 

  $ 

217   
222   
222   
227   
212   
851   
1,951   
(400 ) 
1,551   

The following table summarizes the Corporation’s acquired goodwill and intangible assets as of December 31: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

December 31, 2020 

December 31, 2019 

Goodwill 
Core deposit intangibles 

Total 

Gross Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

Gross Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

  $ 

  $ 

19,460    $ 
5,634      
25,094    $ 

—     $ 

4,551    
4,551     $ 

19,460     $ 
5,634       
25,094     $ 

—  
4,387  
4,387  

The goodwill on the Corporation's financial statements resulted from five prior acquisitions.  Goodwill represents the excess of the 
total purchase price paid for the acquisitions over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired, net of the fair value of the liabilities 
assumed.   Goodwill  is  not  amortized,  but  is  subject  to  impairment  tests  on  an  annual  basis  and  more  frequently  if  an  event  occurs  or 
circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.  As part of the 
Corporation's qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment, management considered the triggering event of the COVID-19 pandemic and 
determined  that  significant  change  in  the  general  economic  environment  and  financial  markets,  including  the  Corporation's  market 
capitalization, represented an interim impairment indicator requiring continued evaluation.  Management performed a quarterly qualitative 
assessment beginning with the onset of the pandemic, concluding no impairment.  Because of the economic uncertainty surrounding the 
pandemic, the Corporation engaged an independent third party to perform the annual, November 30, impairment testing, including the Step 
0 and Step 1, qualitative and quantitative analyses to determine the fair value of the Corporation.  Based on the analysis performed, the fair 
value of the Corporation's equity was $89.0 million, which exceeded the recorded book value of $87.4 million as of November 30, 2020. 
Management concluded that the Corporation's goodwill was not impaired as of November 30, 2020.  Although no goodwill impairment 
was noted, there can be no assurances that future goodwill impairment will not occur.  No goodwill impairment charges were recorded in 
2020 or 2019. 

F-22 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
     
  
    
  
 
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

6. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (continued) 

The core deposit intangible asset, resulting from three acquisitions, is amortized over a weighted average estimated life of the related 
deposits  and  is  not  estimated  to  have  a  significant  residual  value.  The  Corporation  recorded  intangible  amortization  expense  totaling 
$164,000 and $176,000 in 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

The estimated amortization expense of the core deposit intangible for the years ending December 31 is as follows: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
Thereafter 
Total 

   Amortization 

Expense 
154  
149  
149  
149  
143  
339  
1,083  

  $ 

  $ 

7. 

Related Party Balances and Transactions 

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank maintains loan and deposit relationships with employees, principal officers and directors 
and their affiliates. The Bank has granted loans to principal officers and directors and their affiliates amounting to $5.5 million and $4.7 
million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. During 2020, there were $1.3 million of principal additions while total principal 
reductions associated with these loans were $540,000. Deposits from principal officers and directors and their affiliates held by the Bank 
at December 31, 2020 and 2019 totaled $3.1 million and $3.1 million, respectively. 

8. 

Deposits 

The following table summarizes the Corporation’s deposits as of December 31: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

2020 

2019 

Type of accounts 

Non-interest bearing deposits 
Interest bearing demand deposits 
Time deposits 
Total 

   Weighted      
   average rate    Amount 

   Percent 

Weighted      
average rate    Amount 

   Percent 

21.7%   
—     $  193,752      
57.3%   
0.42%      511,928      
21.0%   
2.03%      187,947      
0.67%   $  893,627       100.0%   

18.9% 
—     $  148,842      
53.4% 
0.76%      420,515      
27.7% 
2.17%      217,767      
1.01%   $  787,124       100.0% 

Scheduled maturities of time deposits for the next five years and thereafter are as follows: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
Thereafter 
Total 

Percent 

40.5 % 
12.8 % 
22.1 % 
18.9 % 
3.5 % 
2.2 % 
100.0 % 

   Amount 
  $ 

76,091    
24,022    
41,622    
35,659    
6,503    
4,050    
187,947    

  $ 

F-23 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
   
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
     
  
      
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

8. 

Deposits (continued) 

The Corporation had a total of $58.7 million and $67.9 million in time deposits of $250,000 or more at December 31, 2020 and 

2019, respectively. Scheduled maturities of time deposits of $250,000 or more at December 31, 2020 are as follows: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Three months or less 
Over three months to six months 
Over six months to twelve months 
Over twelve months 

Total 

9. 

Borrowed Funds 

Amount 

6,894   
3,902   
20,538   
27,374   
58,708   

  $ 

  $ 

The following table summarizes the Corporation’s borrowed funds as of and for the year ended December 31: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Short-term borrowed funds 
Long-term borrowed funds 

Total 

2020 

2019 

     Average     Average    

     Average     Average 

   Balance     Balance    
  $  2,050    $  4,366       3.00%       $  2,050    $  4,663       3.93%    
     30,000       35,530       2.16%      
   26,500       31,845       2.55%    
  $  32,050    $  39,896      

     $  28,550    $  36,508      

   Balance     Balance    

Rate 

Rate 

Short-term borrowed funds at December 31, 2020 consisted of $2.1 million outstanding on a $4.5 million unsecured line of credit 
with a correspondent bank with a rate of 4.25%, compared to $2.1 million outstanding on a $7.0 million unsecured line of credit with a 
correspondent bank with a rate of 5.00% at December 31, 2019. 

Long-term  borrowed  funds  at  December 31,  2020 consisted  of  six $5.0  million  FHLB  term  advances  totaling  $30.0  million, 
maturing between 2021 and 2025 and having fixed interest rates between 0.97% and 2.85%. This compares to five $5.0 million FHLB 
advances totaling $25.0 million at December 31, 2019. All borrowings from the FHLB are secured by a blanket lien of qualified collateral. 
Qualified collateral at December 31, 2020 totaled $436.3 million. In addition, the Corporation had a five year unsecured term advance with 
a correspondent bank, which was paid in full during June 2020.  At December 31, 2019, the outstanding balance on this term advance was 
$1.5 million. 

Scheduled maturities of borrowed funds for the next five years are as follows: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
Thereafter 
Total 

   Amount 
  $ 

7,050  
—  
10,000  
5,000  
10,000  
—  
32,050  

  $ 

The Bank maintains a credit arrangement with the FHLB as a source of additional liquidity. The total maximum borrowing capacity 
with  the  FHLB,  excluding  loans  outstanding  of  $30.0 million  and  irrevocable  standby  letters  of  credit  issued  to  secure  certain  deposit 
accounts of $137.7 million at December 31, 2020 was $268.6 million. In addition, the Corporation has $2.4 million of funds available on 
a line of credit through a correspondent bank. 

F-24 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
 
  
   
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

10. 

Regulatory Matters 

Restrictions on Dividends, Loans and Advances 

The Bank is subject to a regulatory dividend restriction that generally limits the amount of dividends that can be paid by the Bank 
to the Corporation. Prior regulatory approval is required if the total of all dividends declared in any calendar year exceeds net profits (as 
defined in the regulations) for the year combined with net retained earnings (as defined) for the two preceding calendar years. In addition, 
dividends paid by the Bank to the Corporation would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the Bank’s capital to be reduced below 
applicable minimum capital requirements. As of December 31, 2020, $7.4 million of undistributed earnings of the Bank was available for 
distribution of dividends without prior regulatory approval. 

Loans or advances from the Bank to the Corporation are limited to 10% of the Bank’s capital stock and surplus on a secured basis. 
Funds available for loans or advances by the Bank to the Corporation amounted to approximately $6.0 million. As of December 31, 2020 
and 2019, the Corporation had no outstanding loans or advances from the Bank. 

Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements 

Banks and bank holding companies are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital 
adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations, involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, 
and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject 
to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet capital requirements can initiate regulatory action. 

The Small Bank Holding Company threshold for consolidated assets is $3 billion. The primary benefit of being deemed a "small 
bank holding company" is the exemption from the requirement to maintain consolidated regulatory capital ratios; instead, regulatory capital 
ratios only apply at the subsidiary bank level. 

The  final  rules  implementing  Basel  Committee  on  Banking  Supervision’s  capital  guidelines  for  U.S.  banks  (BASEL  III  rules) 
became effective for the Bank on January 1, 2015 with full compliance with all of the requirements being phased in over a multi-year 
schedule, and fully phased in on January 1, 2019. Under the BASEL III rules, the Bank must hold a capital conservation buffer above the 
adequately capitalized risk-based capital ratios. The capital conservation buffer was phased in from 0.0% for 2015 to 2.50% in 2019 and 
subsequent  periods.   Amounts  recorded  to  accumulated  other  comprehensive income  are  not  included  in  computing  regulatory  capital. 
Management believes as of December 31, 2020, the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. 

Prompt  corrective  action  regulations  provide  five  classifications:  well  capitalized,  adequately  capitalized,  undercapitalized, 
significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If 
adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as 
is  asset  growth  and  expansion,  and  capital  restoration  plans  are  required.  At  year-end  2020 and  2019,  the  most  recent  regulatory 
notifications categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions 
or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution's category. 

F-25 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

10. 

Regulatory Matters (continued) 

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the Bank’s regulatory capital as of the dates presented. The capital 

adequacy ratios disclosed below are exclusive of the capital conservation buffer.  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Total capital to risk-weighted assets: 

Actual 
For capital adequacy purposes 
To be well capitalized 

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets: 

Actual 
For capital adequacy purposes 
To be well capitalized 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets: 

Actual 
For capital adequacy purposes 
To be well capitalized 
Tier 1 capital to average assets: 

Actual 
For capital adequacy purposes 
To be well capitalized 

11. 

Commitments and Legal Contingencies 

December 31, 
2020 
   Amount       Ratio      

December 31, 
2019 
Amount       Ratio   

  $  84,583      12.71 %   
     53,255       8.00 %   
     66,569      10.00 %   

$  80,418      13.74% 
   46,836       8.00% 
   58,544      10.00% 

  $  76,246      11.45 %   
     39,941       6.00 %   
     53,255       8.00 %   

$  73,862      12.62% 
   35,127       6.00% 
   46,836       8.00% 

  $  76,246      11.45 %   
     29,956       4.50 %   
     43,270       6.50 %   

$  73,862      12.62% 
   26,345       4.50% 
   38,054       6.50% 

  $  76,246       7.58 %   
     40,213       4.00 %   
     50,267       5.00 %   

$  73,862       8.17% 
   36,146       4.00% 
   45,182       5.00% 

In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation has various outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities that are not 
reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. In addition, the Corporation is involved in certain claims and legal actions 
arising in the ordinary course of business. The outcome of these claims and actions are not presently determinable; however, in the opinion 
of the Corporation’s management, after consulting legal counsel, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse 
effect on the consolidated financial statements.  

12. 

Income Taxes 

The Corporation and the Bank file a consolidated federal income tax return. The provision for income taxes for the years ended 

December 31 is comprised of the following: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Current 
Deferred 

Total 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

  $ 

1,916     $ 
(481)   
1,435     $ 

1,437  
225  
1,662  

A reconciliation between the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by multiplying operating results before income 

taxes by the statutory federal income tax rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 is as follows: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Provision at statutory tax rate 
Increase (decrease) resulting from: 

Tax free interest, net of disallowance 
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance 
Other, net 
Provision 

2020 
     % Pre-tax 
Income 

2019 
     % Pre-tax 
Income 

Amount 

21.0%     $ 

2,019      

21.0% 

   Amount 
  $ 

1,718      

(219)     
(84)     
20      
1,435      

(2.7%)      
(1.0%)      
0.2%       
17.5%     $ 

(210)     
(85)     
(62)     
1,662      

(2.2%) 
(0.9%) 
(0.6%) 
17.3% 

  $ 

F-26 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
     
  
  
      
        
     
    
        
  
      
        
     
    
        
  
      
        
     
    
        
  
      
        
     
    
        
  
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
       
        
  
    
    
    
 
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

12. 

Income Taxes (continued) 

The tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and income tax basis of assets and liabilities that are 

included in the net deferred tax asset as of December 31 relate to the following: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for loan losses 
Funded status of pension plan 
Lease liability 
Net unrealized loss on securities 
Deferred compensation 
Accrued incentive compensation 
Nonaccrual loan interest income 
Securities impairment 
Stock compensation 
Other 

Gross deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Accrued pension liability 
Depreciation 
Deferred loan fees and costs 
Lease right-of-use asset 
Intangible assets 
Net unrealized gains on securities 
Business combination adjustments 
Other 

Gross deferred tax liabilities 

Net deferred tax asset 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

2,005     $ 
1,516    
326    
—    
444    
60    
48    
70    
105    
15    
4,589    

1,036    
772    
519    
289    
305    
593    
188    
47    
3,749    

  $ 

840     $ 

1,365  
1,389  
358  
26  
417  
91  
40  
70  
91  
9  
3,856  

1,029  
656  
555  
317  
260  
—  
137  
51  
3,005  
851  

In  accordance  with  relevant  accounting  guidance,  the  Corporation  determined  that  it  was  not  required  to  establish  a  valuation 
allowance for deferred tax assets since it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will be realized through future taxable income, 
future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and tax strategies. The Corporation’s net deferred tax asset or liability is recorded 
in the consolidated financial statements as a component of other assets or other liabilities. 

At December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Corporation had no unrecognized tax benefits. The Corporation does not expect 
the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase within the next twelve months. The Corporation recognizes interest 
and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits in income taxes expense in its Consolidated Statements of Income.  

The  Corporation  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  U.S.  federal  income  tax,  a  capital-based  franchise  tax  in  the  Commonwealth  of 
Pennsylvania  as  well  as  a  corporate  income  tax  in  West  Virginia  based  on  earnings  derived  from  business  activity  in  the  state.  The 
Corporation and the Bank are no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2017. 

F-27 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

13. 

Employee Benefit Plans 

Defined Benefit Plan 

The  Corporation  provides  pension  benefits  for  eligible  employees  through  a  defined  benefit  pension  plan.  Substantially  all 
employees participate in the retirement plan on a non-contributing basis, and are fully vested after three years of service. Effective January 
1, 2009, the plan was closed to new participants. The Corporation provided the requisite notice to plan participants on March 12, 2013 of 
the determination to freeze the plan (curtailment). While the freeze was not effective until April 30, 2013, management determined that 
participants would not satisfy, within the provisions of the plan, 2013 eligibility requirements based on minimum hours worked for 2013. 
Therefore,  employees ceased  to earn  benefits as of  January  1,  2013. This amendment  to  the  plan  did not affect  benefits  earned  by  the 
participant prior to the date of the freeze. The Corporation measures the funded status of the plan as of December 31. 

Information pertaining to changes in obligations and funded status of the defined benefit pension plan for the years ended December 

31 is as follows:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Change in plan assets: 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 
Actual return on plan assets 
Employer contribution 
Benefits paid 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year 

Change in benefit obligation: 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year 
Interest cost 
Actuarial (gain) loss 
Effect of change in assumptions 
Benefits paid 
Benefit obligation at end of year 

Funded status (plan assets less benefit obligation) 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consists of: 

Accumulated net actuarial loss 
Accumulated prior service benefit 

Amount recognized, end of year 

2020 

2019 

10,599     $ 
1,156    
—    
(439)   
11,316    

12,304    
395    
(29)   
1,357    
(439)   
13,588    
(2,272)    $ 

7,220     $ 
—    
7,220     $ 

9,482  
1,534  
-  
(417) 
10,599  

10,628  
443  
(22) 
1,672  
(417) 
12,304  
(1,705) 

6,616  
—  
6,616  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

F-28 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
     
  
   
    
  
 
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

13. 

Employee Benefit Plans (continued) 

The following table presents the Corporation’s pension plan assets measured and recorded at estimated fair value on a recurring 

basis and their level within the estimated fair value hierarchy as described in Note 15:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Description 
December 31, 2020: 
Money markets 
Mutual funds - debt 
Mutual funds - equity 
Emclaire stock 

December 31, 2019: 
Money markets 
Mutual funds - debt 
Mutual funds - equity 
Emclaire stock 

(Level 1) 

      Quoted Prices in   
      Active Markets   

for Identical 
Assets 

(Level 2) 
Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 

(Level 3) 
Significant 

   Unobservable 

Inputs 

Total 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

143       $ 

4,518      
5,798      
857      
11,316       $ 

385       $ 

4,322      
4,981      
911      
10,599       $ 

143      $ 

4,518     
5,798     
857     
11,316      $ 

385      $ 

4,322     
4,981     
911     
10,599      $ 

—     $ 
—    
—    
—    
—     $ 

—     $ 
—    
—    
—    
—     $ 

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2019. 

The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plan was $13.6 million and $12.3 million at December 31, 2020 

and 2019, respectively. 

The components of the periodic pension costs and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income for the years ended 

December 31 are as follows: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Interest cost 
Expected return on plan assets 
Amortization of prior service beneft and net loss 

Net periodic pension cost 

Amortization of prior service benefit and net loss 
Net loss 

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss 
Total recognized in net periodic benefit and other comprehensive loss 

2020 

2019 

395     $ 
(699)   
268    
(36)   
(268)   
871    
603    
567     $ 

443  
(626) 
252  
69  
(252) 
742  
490  
559  

  $ 

  $ 

The estimated net loss and prior service benefit for the defined benefit pension plan that will be amortized from accumulated other 

comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $293,000 as of December 31, 2020. 

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions for the years ended December 31 include the following: 

Discount rate for net periodic benefit cost 
Discount rate for benefit obligations 
Expected rate of return on plan assets 

2020 

2019 

3.28%   
2.54%   
6.75%   

4.26% 
3.28% 
6.75% 

F-29 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
    
  
     
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
     
     
     
     
    
     
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
       
     
     
     
     
    
     
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
   
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

13. 

Employee Benefit Plans (continued) 

The Corporation’s pension plan asset allocation at December 31, 2020 and 2019, target allocation for 2021, and expected long-term 

rate of return by asset category are as follows: 

Asset Category 

Equity securities 
Debt securities 
Money markets 

Investment Strategy 

Target 
Allocation 
2021 
55% 
37% 
8% 
100% 

Percentage of Plan Assets at Year End    

2020 
59% 
40% 
1% 
100% 

2019 
56% 
41% 
3% 
100% 

Weighted-Average 
Expected Long-Term 
Rate of Return 
2020 
5.15% 
1.57% 
0.03% 
6.75% 

The intent of the pension plan is to provide a range of investment options for building a diversified asset allocation strategy that 
will provide the highest likelihood of meeting the aggregate actuarial projections. In selecting the options and asset allocation strategy, the 
Corporation has determined that the benefits of reduced portfolio risk are best achieved through diversification. The following asset classes 
or investment categories are utilized to meet the Pension plan’s objectives: Small company stock, International stock, Mid-cap stock, Large 
company stock, Diversified bond, Money Market/Stable Value and Cash. The pension plan does not prohibit any certain investments. 

The Corporation does currently not expect to make a contribution to its pension plan in 2021. 

Estimated future benefit payments are as follows: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
For year ended December 31, 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
2026-2030 

Defined Contribution Plan 

  $ 

Pension 
Benefits 

470  
506  
507  
516  
551  
2,762  

The  Corporation  maintains  a  defined  contribution  401(k)  Plan.  Employees  are  eligible  to  participate  by  providing  tax-deferred 
contributions up to 20% of qualified compensation. Employee contributions are vested at all times. The Corporation provides a matching 
contribution  of  up  to  4%  of  the  participant’s  salary.  For  the  years  ended  2020 and  2019,  matching  contributions  were  $260,000  and 
$266,000, respectively. The Corporation may also make, at the sole discretion of its Board of Directors, a profit sharing contribution. For 
the years ended 2020 and 2019, the Corporation made profit sharing contributions of $143,000 and $140,000, respectively. 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan 

The Corporation maintains a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) to provide certain additional retirement benefits to 
participating  officers.  The  SERP  is  subject  to  certain  vesting  provisions  and  provides  that  the  officers  shall  receive  a  supplemental 
retirement benefit if the officer’s employment is terminated after reaching the normal retirement age of 65, with benefits also payable upon 
death, disability, a change of control or a termination of employment prior to normal retirement age. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 
the Corporation’s SERP liability was $2.0 million and $1.9 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the 
Corporation recognized expense of $205,000 and $224,000, respectively, related to the SERP. 

F-30 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
     
        
        
        
  
     
        
        
        
  
  
     
        
        
        
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

14. 

Stock Compensation Plans 

In April 2014, the Corporation adopted the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2014 Plan), which is shareholder approved and permits 
the grant of restricted stock awards and options to its directors, officers and employees for up to 176,866 shares of common stock, of which 
6,783 shares of restricted stock and 88,433 stock options remain available for issuance under the plan. 

Incentive stock options, non-incentive or compensatory stock options and share awards may be granted under the Plans. The exercise 
price of each option shall at least equal the market price of a share of common stock on the date of grant and have a contractual term of ten 
years.  Options  shall  vest  and  become  exercisable  at  the  rate,  to  the  extent  and  subject  to  such  limitations  as  may  be  specified  by  the 
Corporation.  Compensation  cost  related  to  share-based  payment  transactions  must  be  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  with 
measurement based upon the fair value of the equity instruments issued. 

During 2020 and 2019, the Corporation granted restricted stock awards of 16,000 and 17,950 shares, respectively, with a face value 
of $392,000 and $558,000, respectively, based on the weighted-average grant date stock prices of $24.48 and $31.10, respectively. These 
restricted stock awards are 100% vested on the third anniversary of the date of grant, except in the event of death, disability or retirement. 
Nonvested restricted stock is not included in common shares outstanding on the consolidated balance sheets. It is the Corporation's policy 
to issue shares on the vesting date for restricted stock awards. Unvested restricted stock awards do not receive dividends declared by the 
Corporation. There were no stock options granted during 2020 or 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 the Corporation 
recognized $459,000 and $368,000, respectively, in stock compensation expense. 

A summary of the status of the Corporation’s nonvested restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2020, and changes during the 

period then ended is presented below: 

Nonvested at January 1, 2020 

Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 

Nonvested as of December 31, 2020 

Weighted-
Average Grant-
date Fair Value    
31.11   
24.48   
31.37   
—   
28.83   

Shares 

44,450     $ 
16,000    
(12,500)   
—    
47,950     $ 

As  of  December 31,  2020,  there  was  $884,000  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to  nonvested  share-based 

compensation arrangements granted under the plans. That expense is expected to be recognized over the next three years. 

15. 

Fair Values of Financial Instruments 

The fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs 
when  measuring  fair  value.   An  asset  or  liability's  level  is  based  on  the  lowest  level  of  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value 
measurement.  There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value. 

Level 1: 

Level 2: 

Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Corporation has the ability
to access at the measurement date. 

Significant  other  observable  inputs  other  than  Level  1  prices  such  as  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or
liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated
by observable market data. 

Level 3: 

Significant  unobservable  inputs  that  reflect  the  Corporation’s  own  assumptions  about  the  assumptions  that
market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. 

F-31 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

15. 

Fair Values of Financial Instruments (continued) 

Management  uses  its  best  judgment  in  estimating  the  fair  value  of  the  Corporation’s  financial  instruments;  however,  there  are 
inherent weaknesses in any estimation technique. Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments, the fair value estimates herein are 
not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Corporation could have realized in a sale transaction or exit price on the date indicated. The 
estimated fair value amounts have been measured as of their respective year-ends and have not been re-evaluated or updated for purposes 
of  these  financial  statements  subsequent  to  those  respective  dates.  As  such,  the  estimated  fair  values  of  these  financial  instruments 
subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be different than the amounts reported at year-end. 

Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The Corporation used the following methods and significant assumptions to 

estimate the fair value of the following assets: 

Debt securities available for sale, equity securities – The fair value of all investment securities are based upon the assumptions 
market participants would use in pricing the security. If available, investment securities are determined by quoted market prices (Level 1). 
Level  1  includes  U.S. Treasury, federal agency  securities  and  certain  equity  securities.  For investment  securities where  quoted  market 
prices are not available, fair values are calculated based on market prices on similar securities (Level 2). Level 2 includes U.S. Government 
sponsored entities and agencies, mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, state and political subdivision securities 
and certain corporate debt securities. For investment securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, 
fair values are calculated by using unobservable inputs (Level 3) and may include certain corporate debt securities held by the Corporation. 
The  Level  3  corporate  debt  securities valuations  were  supported  by inputs  such  as  the  security  issuer’s  publicly  attainable  financial 
information,  multiples  derived  from  prices  in  observed  transactions  involving  comparable  businesses  and  other  market,  financial  and 
nonfinancial factors. 

For assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, the fair value measurements by level within the fair value hierarchy are as 

follows: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Description 
December 31, 2020: 
Securities available-for-sale 

U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies 
U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities: residential 
U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations: residential 
State and political subdivision 
Corporate debt securities 

Total available-for-sale securities 

Equity securities 

December 31, 2019: 
Securities available-for-sale 

U.S. government sponsored entities and agencies 
U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities: residential 
U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations: residential 
State and political subdivisions 
Corporate debt securities 

Total available-for-sale securities 

Equity securities 

(Level 1) 
Quoted 
Prices in 
Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 

(Level 2) 

(Level 3) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 

Total 

3,007     $ 
16,581    
15,911    
55,577    
21,965    
113,041     $ 

—     $ 
—    
—    
—    
—    
—     $ 

3,007     $ 
16,581    
15,911    
55,577    
19,959    
111,035     $ 

—   
—   
—   
—   
2,006   
2,006   

15     $ 

15     $ 

—     $ 

—   

7,077     $ 
41,075    
32,837    
27,796    
11,322    
120,107     $ 

—     $ 
—    
—    
—    
—    
—     $ 

7,077     $ 
41,075    
32,837    
27,796    
7,300    
116,085     $ 

—   
—   
—   
—   
4,022   
4,022   

19     $ 

19     $ 

—     $ 

—   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

F-32 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
      
    
    
    
    
    
     
  
      
    
    
    
    
    
     
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
    
    
    
    
    
     
  
  
      
    
    
    
    
    
     
  
      
    
    
    
    
    
     
  
      
    
    
    
    
    
     
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
    
    
    
    
    
     
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

15. 

Fair Values of Financial Instruments (continued) 

The Corporation’s policy is to transfer assets or liabilities from one level to another when the methodology to obtain the fair value 
changes such that there are more or fewer unobservable inputs as of the end of the reporting period.  During 2020, certain corporate debt 
securities were tranferred out of Level 3 because of the availability of market pricing.  During 2019, certain corporate debt securities were 
purchased and placed into Level 3 because of a lack of observable market data.  The following table presents changes in Level 3 assets 
measured on a recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Balance at the beginning of the period 
Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized): 

Included in other comprehensive income 
Purchased into Level 3 
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3 

Balance at the end of the period 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

4,022     $ 

3,500  

234    
—    
(2,250)   
2,006     $ 

(228) 
1,250  
(500) 
4,022  

  $ 

Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Corporation used the following methods and significant assumptions 

to estimate the fair value of the following assets: 

Impaired loans – At the time a loan is considered impaired, it is valued at the lower of cost or fair value. Impaired loans carried at 
fair value generally receive a specific allowance for loan losses. For collateral dependent loans, fair value is commonly based on real estate 
appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the 
income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between 
the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of 
the inputs for determining fair value. Non-real estate collateral may be valued using an appraisal, net book value per the borrower’s financial 
statements, or aging reports, adjusted or discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the 
time of the valuation, and management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business, resulting in a Level 3 classification. 
Impaired  loans  are  evaluated  on  a  quarterly  basis  for  additional  impairment  and  adjusted  accordingly.   As  of  December 31,  2020,  the 
Corporation had two impaired commercial real estate loans carried at a fair value of $340,000, which consisted of the outstanding balance 
of the outstanding balance of $380,000 less a specific reserve of $40,000.  In addition, the Corporation had three commercial business loans 
carried at a fair value of $58,000, which consisted of the outstanding balance of the outstanding balance of $78,000 less a specific reserve 
of $20,000.  As of December 31, 2019, the Corporation did not have any impaired loans carried at fair value measured using the fair value 
of collateral.  During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, there was additional provision for loan losses of $81,000 and $63,000, 
respectively, recorded for impaired loans. 

Other real estate owned (OREO) – Assets acquired through or instead of foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to 
sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. These assets are subsequently accounted for at lower of cost or fair value less estimated 
costs to sell. Fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals. Management’s ongoing review of appraisal information may 
result  in  additional  discounts  or  adjustments  to  the  valuation  based  upon  more  recent  market  sales  activity  or  more  current  appraisal 
information derived from properties of similar type and/or locale. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 
classification of the inputs for determining fair value. As of December 31, 2020, OREO measured at fair value less costs to sell had a net 
carrying amount of $9,000, which consisted of the outstanding balance of $18,000 less write-downs of $9,000.  As of December 31, 2019, 
OREO measured at fair value less costs to sell had a net carrying amount of $88,000, which consisted of the outstanding balance of $91,000 
less write-downs of $3,000. 

Appraisals for both collateral-dependent impaired loans and OREO are performed by certified general appraisers (for commercial 
properties)  or  certified  residential  appraisers  (for  residential  properties)  whose  qualifications  and  licenses  have  been  reviewed  by  the 
Corporation. Once received, management reviews the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal as well as the overall resulting 
fair  value  in comparison  with  independent  data  sources  such as  recent  market  data  or  industry-wide  statistics. On  an  annual  basis,  the 
Corporation compares the actual selling price of OREO that has been sold to the most recent appraised value to determine what additional 
adjustment should be made to the appraisal value to arrive at fair value. The most recent analysis performed indicated that a discount of 
10% should be applied. 

F-33 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

15. 

Fair Values of Financial Instruments (continued) 

For assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2020 and 2019, the fair value measurements by level 

within the fair value hierarchy are as follows: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Description 
December 31, 2020: 
Impaired commercial business loans 
Impaired commercial real estate loans 
Other real estate owned 

Total 

December 31, 2019: 
Other real estate owned 

Total 

(Level 1) 
Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 

(Level 2) 

(Level 3) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 

Total 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

58    $ 
340      
9      
407    $ 

88    $ 
88    $ 

—     $ 
—       
—       
—     $ 

—     $ 
—     $ 

—    $ 
—      
—      
—    $ 

—    $ 
—    $ 

58  
340  
9  
407  

88  
88  

The following table presents quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements for assets measured at fair value on a 

non-recurring basis: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands)     

December 31, 2020: 
Impaired commercial business 

Valuation 
Techniques(s) 

Unobservable 
Input(s) 

   Weighted   
   Average    

loans 

  $ 

58  Sales comparison approach   Adjustment for differences between comparable sales     

10% 

Impaired commercial real 

estate loans 

Other real estate owned 

December 31, 2019: 
Other real estate owned 

340  Sales comparison approach   Adjustment for differences between comparable sales     
9  Sales comparison approach   Adjustment for differences between comparable sales     

10% 
10% 

  $ 

88  Sales comparison approach   Adjustment for differences between comparable sales     

10% 

Excluded  from  the  tables  above  at  December  31,  2020  were  two  unsecured  commercial  business  loans  totaling  $14,000.   At 
December 31, 2019, there was one impaired residential mortgage loan totaling $67,000 and one impaired home equity loan totaling $4,000 
which were classified as TDRs and measured using a discounted cash flow methodology. 

F-34 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
       
         
         
         
  
    
    
  
       
         
         
         
  
       
         
         
         
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
      
    
    
       
  
    
    
  
      
    
    
       
  
      
    
    
       
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

15. 

Fair Values of Financial Instruments (continued) 

During the first quarter of 2018, the Corporation adopted ASU 2016-01 that requires public business entities to use the exit price 
notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes. The following table sets forth the carrying amount 
and fair value of the Corporation’s financial instruments included in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Description 
December 31, 2020: 
Financial Assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Interest earning time deposits 
Securities - available-for-sale 
Securities - equities 
Loans held for sale 
Loans, net 
Federal bank stock 
Accrued interest receivable 

Total 

Financial Liabilities: 
Deposits 
Borrowed funds 
Accrued interest payable 

Total 

December 31, 2019: 
Financial Assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Interest earning time deposits 
Securities - available-for-sale 
Securities - equities 
Loans, net 
Federal bank stock 
Accrued interest receivable 

Total 

Financial Liabilities: 
Deposits 
Borrowed funds 
Accrued interest payable 

Total 

   Carrying 
   Amount 

Fair Value Measurements using: 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

37,439    $ 
5,718      
113,041      
15      
75      
800,338      
5,635      
3,786      
966,047    $ 

893,627      
32,050      
474      
926,151    $ 

14,986    $ 
9,698      
120,107      
19      
695,348      
5,790      
2,600      
848,548    $ 

787,124      
28,550      
616      
816,290    $ 

37,439    $ 
5,718      
113,041      
15      
75      
807,170      
N/A      
3,786      
967,244    $ 

899,446      
33,256      
474      
933,176    $ 

14,986    $ 
9,698      
120,107      
19      
697,990      
N/A      
2,600      
845,400    $ 

793,999      
29,133      
616      
823,748    $ 

37,439    $ 
—      
—      
15      
—      
—      
N/A      
52      
37,506    $ 

—    $ 
5,718      
111,035      
—      
75      
—      
N/A      
513      
117,341    $ 

705,680      
—      
19      
705,699    $ 

193,766      
33,256      
455      
227,477    $ 

—  
—  
2,006  
—  
—  
807,170  
N/A  
3,221  
812,397  

—  
—  
—  
—  

14,986    $ 
—      
—      
19      
—      
N/A      
78      
15,083    $ 

—    $ 
9,698      
116,085      
—      
—      
N/A      
419      
126,202    $ 

—  
—  
4,022  
—  
697,990  
N/A  
2,103  
704,115  

569,357      
—      
51      
569,408    $ 

224,642      
29,133      
565      
254,340    $ 

—  
—  
—  
—  

This information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Corporation since a fair value calculation is 
only provided for a limited portion of the Corporation’s assets and liabilities. Due to a wide range of valuation techniques and the degree 
of subjectivity used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Corporation’s disclosures and those of other companies may not be 
meaningful. 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments 

The Corporation is party to credit related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet 
the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and commercial letters of credit. 
Commitments to extend credit involve, to a varying degree, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of amounts recognized in the 
consolidated balance sheets. The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party for commitments 
to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments, less any collateral value obtained. The Corporation uses 
the same credit policies in making commitments as for on-balance sheet instruments. The Corporation’s distribution of commitments to 
extend credit approximates the distribution of loans receivable outstanding. 

F-35 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
      
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
      
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

15. 

Fair Values of Financial Instruments (continued) 

The following table presents the notional amount of the Corporation’s off-balance sheet commitment financial instruments as of 

December 31: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

2020 

2019 

Commitments to make loans 
Unused lines of credit 

Total 

   Variable Rate   

Fixed Rate 

   Fixed Rate 
  $ 

3,749    $ 
20,229      
23,978    $ 

3,737     $ 

87,478    
91,215     $ 

  $ 

   Variable Rate 
10,840  
88,071  
98,911  

1,646    $ 
21,928      
23,574    $ 

Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods of 30 days or less. Commitments to extend credit include agreements 
to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. These commitments generally have fixed 
expiration  dates  or  other  termination  clauses  and  may  require  payment  of  a  fee.  Commitments  to  extend  credit  also  include  unfunded 
commitments under commercial and consumer lines of credit, revolving credit lines and overdraft protection agreements. These lines of 
credit may be collateralized and usually do not contain a specified maturity date and may be drawn upon to the total extent to which the 
Corporation is committed. 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Corporation usually for commercial customers to guarantee the 
performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in 
extending  loan  facilities  to  customers.  The  Corporation  generally  holds  collateral  supporting  those  commitments  if  deemed  necessary. 
Standby  letters  of  credit,  net  of  collateral  maintained  by  the  Bank,  were  $493,000  and  $548,000  at  December 31,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively. The current amount of the liability as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 for guarantees under standby letters of credit issued is 
not material. 

16. 

Emclaire Financial Corp – Condensed Financial Statements, Parent Corporation Only 

Following are condensed financial statements for the parent company as of and for the years ended December 31:  

Condensed Balance Sheets 
(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Equity in net assets of subsidiaries 
Goodwill 
Other assets 

Total Assets 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity: 
Other short-term borrowed funds 
Long-term borrowed funds 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 
Stockholders' equity 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

114     $ 

88,132    
5,190    
134    
93,570     $ 

2,050     $ 
—    
40    
91,480    
93,570     $ 

40  
84,065  
5,190  
171  
89,466  

2,050  
1,500  
58  
85,858  
89,466  

F-36 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
    
    
  
  
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

16. 

Emclaire Financial Corp – Condensed Financial Statements, Parent Corporation Only (continued) 

Condensed Statements of Income 
(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Income: 

Dividends from subsidiaries 

Expense: 

Interest expense 
Noninterest expense 
Total expense 

Income before income taxes and undistributed subsidiary income 
Undistributed equity in net income of subsidiary 
Net income before income taxes 
Income tax benefit 

Net income 
Comprehensive income 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows 
(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Operating activities: 

Net income 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Undistributed equity in net income of subsidiary 
Other, net 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Financing activities: 

Net change in borrowings 
Dividends paid 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

5,186     $ 

4,688  

118    
710    
828    
4,358    
2,216    
6,574    
174    
6,748     $ 
8,599     $ 

205  
634  
839  
3,849  
3,922  
7,771  
183  
7,954  
8,976  

  $ 
  $ 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

6,748     $ 

7,954  

(2,216)   
478    
5,010    

(1,500)   
(3,436)   
(4,936)   
74    
40    
114     $ 

(3,922) 
303  
4,335  

(1,000) 
(3,313) 
(4,313) 
22  
18  
40  

  $ 

F-37 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
      
    
    
  
  
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
      
    
    
  
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

17.  Other Noninterest Income and Expense 

Other noninterest income includes electronic banking fees of $1.4 million and $1.4 million for 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

The following summarizes the Corporation’s other noninterest expenses for the years ended December 31: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Subscriptions 
Customer bank card processing 
Item processing 
Telephone and data communications 
Pennsylvania shares and use taxes 
Correspondent bank and courier fees 
Internet banking and bill pay 
Credit bureau and other loan expense 
Marketing and advertising 
FHLB prepayment penalties 
Printing and supplies 
Bad checks and other losses 
Regulatory examinations 
Charitable contributions 
Travel, entertainment and conferences 
Postage and freight 
Memberships and dues 
Other 

Total other noninterest expenses 

18. 

Earnings Per Share 

The factors used in the Corporation’s earnings per share computation follow: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except for per share amounts) 

Net income 
Less: Preferred stock dividends 
Net income available to common stockholders 
Average common shares outstanding 
Add: Dilutive effects of restricted stock awards 
Average shares and dilutive potential common shares 
Basic earnings per common share 
Diluted earnings per common share 

2020 

2019 

752     $ 
700    
669    
572    
474    
402    
357    
246    
240    
238    
219    
193    
186    
185    
167    
148    
99    
180    
6,027     $ 

607  
697  
310  
567  
482  
411  
347  
132  
264  
—  
278  
199  
204  
240  
390  
169  
112  
225  
5,634  

  $ 

  $ 

For the year ended  
December 31, 

2020 

6,748    
186    
6,562    
2,709,532    
17,815    
2,727,347    
2.42    
2.41    

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

2019 

7,954  
182  
7,772  
2,699,397  
19,349  
2,718,746  
2.88  
2.86  

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

F-38 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
  
      
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

19. 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The  following  are changes  in  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income  (Loss)  by  component,  net  of  tax  for  the  year  ending 

December 31, 2020:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Unrealized Gains 
and Losses on 
Available-for-
Sale Securities      

Defined Benefit 
Pension Items 

Totals 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) at January 1, 2020 
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income 

  $ 

(loss) 

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss) 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) at December 31, 2020 

  $ 

(108)   $ 
2,871      

(543)     
2,328      
2,220    $ 

(5,227)   $ 
(689)     

212      
(477)     
(5,704)   $ 

(5,335) 
2,182  

(331) 
1,851  
(3,484) 

The following are significant amounts reclassified out of each component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) for 

the year ending December 31, 2020:  

(Dollar amount in thousands) 

   Amount Reclassified 

from Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive Income      

Details about Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive (Income) Loss Components 

For the year ended 
December 31, 2020 

Affected Line Item in the Statement 
Where Net Income is Presented 

Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale 

securities 
Tax effect 

Total security reclassifications for the period 

Amortization of defined benefit pension items 

Prior service costs 
Actuarial gains 

Total before tax 

Tax effect 

  $ 

(687)  Net gain on sale of available-for-sale securities 
144   Provision for income taxes 
(543)   

—   Other noninterest income 

268   Compensation and employee benefits 
268    
(56)  Provision for income taxes 

Total defined benefit pension reclassifications 

for the period 

Total reclassifications for the period 

  $ 

212    
(331)  Net of tax 

The  following  are changes  in  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income  (Loss)  by  component,  net  of  tax  for  the  year  ending 

December 31, 2019: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Unrealized Gains 
and Losses on 
Available-for-
Sale Securities      

Defined Benefit 
Pension Items 

Totals 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) at January 1, 2019 

  $ 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income 

(loss) 

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss) 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) at December 31, 2019 

  $ 

(1,517)   $ 
1,471      

(62)     
1,409      
(108)   $ 

(4,840)   $ 
(586)     

199      
(387)     
(5,227)   $ 

(6,357) 
885  

137  
1,022  
(5,335) 

F-39 

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
 
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
    
      
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
 
  
  
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

19. 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (continued) 

The following are significant amounts reclassified out of each component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) for 

the year ending December 31, 2019: 

(Dollar amount in thousands) 

   Amount Reclassified 

from Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive Income      

Details about Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive (Income) Loss Components 

For the year ended 
December 31, 2019 

Affected Line Item in the Statement 
Where Net Income is Presented 

Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale 

securities 
Tax effect 

Total security reclassifications for the period 

Amortization of defined benefit pension items 

Prior service costs 
Actuarial gains 

Total before tax 

Tax effect 

  $ 

(78)  Net gain on sale of available-for-sale securities 
16   Provision for income taxes 
(62)   

—   Other noninterest income 

252   Compensation and employee benefits 
252    
(53)  Provision for income taxes 

Total defined benefit pension reclassifications 

for the period 

Total reclassifications for the period 

  $ 

199    
137   Net of tax 

20. 

Revenue Recognition 

On  January  1,  2018,  the  Corporation  adopted  ASU  2014-09  "Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers"  (Topic  606)  and  all 
subsequent ASUs that modified Topic 606. Interest income, net securities gains (losses) and bank-owned life insurance are not included 
within the scope of Topic 606. For the revenue streams in the scope of Topic 606, service charges on deposits and electronic banking 
fees, there are no significant judgments related to the amount and timing of revenue recognition. All of the Corporation's revenue from 
contracts with customers is recognized within noninterest income. 

Service charges on deposits: The Corporation earns fees from its deposit customers for transaction-based, account maintenance 
and overdraft services. Transaction-based fees, which include services such as stop payment charges, statement rendering and other fees, 
are recognized at the time the transaction is executed as that is the point in time the Corporation fulfills the customer's request. Account 
maintenance fees, which relate primarily to monthly maintenance, are earned over the course of a month, representing the period over 
which the Corporation satisfies the performance obligation. Overdraft fees are recognized at the point in time that the overdraft occurs. 
Service charges on deposits are withdrawn from the customer's account balance. 

Electronic banking fees: The Corporation earns interchange and other ATM related fees from cardholder transactions conducted 
through the various payment networks. Interchange fees from cardholder transactions represent a percentage of the underlying transaction 
value and are recognized daily, concurrently with the transaction processing services provided to the cardholder. The gross amount of 
these fees are processed through noninterest income. Other fees, such as transaction surcharges and card replacement fees are withdrawn 
from the customer's account balance at the time of service. 

The following table presents the Corporation's sources of noninterest income for the year ended December 31: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Noninterest income 

In-scope of Topic 606: 

Service charges on deposits 

Maintenance fees 
Overdraft fees 
Other fees 

Electronic banking fees (1) 

Noninterest income (in-scope of Topic 606) 
Noninterest income (out-of-scope of Topic 606) 

Total noninterest income 

(1) included in other noninterest income on the Consolidated Statements of Net Income 

F-40 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

  $ 

203     $ 

1,044    
251    
1,497    
2,995    
1,368    
4,363     $ 

190  
1,657  
310  
1,446  
3,603  
788  
4,391  

FINANCIALS 
 
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
    
      
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
      
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
 
This page intentionally left blank

FINANCIALSThis page intentionally left blank

FINANCIALS